|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
17 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
18 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
19 #endif
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
|
|
|
22 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
|
|
|
23 #if defined(USE_EXE_NAME) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
24 static char_u *remove_tail_with_ext __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *ext));
|
|
|
25 #endif
|
|
|
26 static int get_indent_str __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int ts));
|
|
|
27 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
29 /*
|
|
|
30 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
|
|
|
31 */
|
|
|
32 int
|
|
|
33 get_indent()
|
|
|
34 {
|
|
|
35 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
36 }
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
38 /*
|
|
|
39 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
|
|
|
40 */
|
|
|
41 int
|
|
|
42 get_indent_lnum(lnum)
|
|
|
43 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
44 {
|
|
|
45 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
46 }
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
49 /*
|
|
|
50 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
|
|
|
51 * "buf".
|
|
|
52 */
|
|
|
53 int
|
|
|
54 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
55 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
56 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
57 {
|
|
|
58 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
59 }
|
|
|
60 #endif
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
|
|
|
64 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
|
|
|
65 */
|
|
|
66 static int
|
|
|
67 get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
|
|
|
68 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
69 int ts;
|
|
|
70 {
|
|
|
71 int count = 0;
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
|
|
|
74 {
|
|
|
75 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
|
|
|
76 count += ts - (count % ts);
|
|
|
77 else if (*ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
78 ++count; /* count a space for one */
|
|
|
79 else
|
|
|
80 break;
|
|
|
81 }
|
|
|
82 return (count);
|
|
|
83 }
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 /*
|
|
|
86 * Set the indent of the current line.
|
|
|
87 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
88 * Caller must take care of undo.
|
|
|
89 * "flags":
|
|
|
90 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
|
|
|
91 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
|
|
|
92 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
|
|
|
93 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
94 */
|
|
|
95 int
|
|
|
96 set_indent(size, flags)
|
|
|
97 int size;
|
|
|
98 int flags;
|
|
|
99 {
|
|
|
100 char_u *p;
|
|
|
101 char_u *newline;
|
|
|
102 char_u *oldline;
|
|
|
103 char_u *s;
|
|
|
104 int todo;
|
|
|
105 int ind_len;
|
|
|
106 int line_len;
|
|
|
107 int doit = FALSE;
|
|
|
108 int ind_done;
|
|
|
109 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 /*
|
|
|
112 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
|
|
|
113 * characters needed for the indent.
|
|
|
114 */
|
|
|
115 todo = size;
|
|
|
116 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
117 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
119 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
|
|
|
120 * isn't already set */
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
123 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
124 {
|
|
|
125 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
126 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
127 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
128 {
|
|
|
129 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 /* count as many characters as we can use */
|
|
|
132 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
133 {
|
|
|
134 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
135 {
|
|
|
136 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
137 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
138 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
139 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
140 break;
|
|
|
141 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
142 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
143 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
144 }
|
|
|
145 else
|
|
|
146 {
|
|
|
147 --todo;
|
|
|
148 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
149 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
150 }
|
|
|
151 ++p;
|
|
|
152 }
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
155 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
156 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
157 {
|
|
|
158 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
159 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
160 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
161 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
|
|
|
162 }
|
|
|
163 }
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 /* count tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
166 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
167 {
|
|
|
168 if (*p != TAB)
|
|
|
169 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
170 else
|
|
|
171 ++p;
|
|
|
172 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
173 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
174 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
|
|
|
175 }
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 /* count spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
178 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
179 {
|
|
|
180 if (*p != ' ')
|
|
|
181 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
182 else
|
|
|
183 ++p;
|
|
|
184 --todo;
|
|
|
185 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
186 /* ++ind_done; */
|
|
|
187 }
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
|
|
|
190 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
|
|
|
191 return FALSE;
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
|
|
|
194 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
|
|
|
195 p = oldline;
|
|
|
196 else
|
|
|
197 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
198 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
|
|
|
199 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
200 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
201 return FALSE;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
|
|
|
204 s = newline;
|
|
|
205 todo = size;
|
|
|
206 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
207 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
210 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
211 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
212 {
|
|
|
213 p = oldline;
|
|
|
214 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
217 {
|
|
|
218 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
219 {
|
|
|
220 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
221 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
222 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
223 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
224 break;
|
|
|
225 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
226 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
227 }
|
|
|
228 else
|
|
|
229 {
|
|
|
230 --todo;
|
|
|
231 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
232 }
|
|
|
233 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
234 }
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
237 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
238 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
239 {
|
|
|
240 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
241 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
242 }
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
245 }
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
247 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
248 {
|
|
|
249 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
250 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
251 }
|
|
|
252 }
|
|
|
253 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
254 {
|
|
|
255 *s++ = ' ';
|
|
|
256 --todo;
|
|
|
257 }
|
|
|
258 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
|
|
|
261 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
|
|
|
262 {
|
|
|
263 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
264 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
|
|
|
265 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
266 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
|
|
|
267 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
268 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
|
|
|
269 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (p - oldline);
|
|
|
270 }
|
|
|
271 else
|
|
|
272 vim_free(newline);
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
275 return TRUE;
|
|
|
276 }
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 /*
|
|
|
279 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
|
|
|
280 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
281 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
282 */
|
|
|
283 static int
|
|
|
284 copy_indent(size, src)
|
|
|
285 int size;
|
|
|
286 char_u *src;
|
|
|
287 {
|
|
|
288 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
289 char_u *line = NULL;
|
|
|
290 char_u *s;
|
|
|
291 int todo;
|
|
|
292 int ind_len;
|
|
|
293 int line_len = 0;
|
|
|
294 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
295 int ind_done;
|
|
|
296 int round;
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
298 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
|
|
|
299 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
|
|
|
300 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
301 {
|
|
|
302 todo = size;
|
|
|
303 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
304 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
305 s = src;
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
307 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
|
|
|
308 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
|
310 if (*s == TAB)
|
|
|
311 {
|
|
|
312 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
313 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
314 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
315 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
316 break;
|
|
|
317 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
318 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
319 }
|
|
|
320 else
|
|
|
321 {
|
|
|
322 --todo;
|
|
|
323 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
324 }
|
|
|
325 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
326 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
327 *p++ = *s;
|
|
|
328 ++s;
|
|
|
329 }
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
332 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
333 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
334 {
|
|
|
335 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
336 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
337 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
338 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
339 }
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /* Add tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
342 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
343 {
|
|
|
344 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
345 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
346 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
347 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
348 }
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
350 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
351 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
352 {
|
|
|
353 --todo;
|
|
|
354 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
355 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
356 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
357 }
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
|
361 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
|
|
|
362 * and the rest of the line. */
|
|
|
363 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
|
364 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
365 if (line == NULL)
|
|
|
366 return FALSE;
|
|
|
367 p = line;
|
|
|
368 }
|
|
|
369 }
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
371 /* Append the original line */
|
|
|
372 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 /* Replace the line */
|
|
|
375 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
377 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
|
|
|
378 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
379 return TRUE;
|
|
|
380 }
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 /*
|
|
|
383 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
|
|
|
384 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
|
|
|
385 */
|
|
|
386 int
|
|
|
387 get_number_indent(lnum)
|
|
|
388 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 char_u *line;
|
|
|
391 char_u *p;
|
|
|
392 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
393 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
396 return -1;
|
|
|
397 line = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
398 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
399 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
400 return -1;
|
|
|
401 p = skipdigits(p);
|
|
|
402 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)":.)]}\t ", *p) == NULL)
|
|
|
403 return -1;
|
|
|
404 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
405 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
406 return -1;
|
|
|
407 pos.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
408 pos.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
|
409 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
410 return (int)col;
|
|
|
411 }
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 /*
|
|
|
418 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
419 */
|
|
|
420 static int
|
|
|
421 cin_is_cinword(line)
|
|
|
422 char_u *line;
|
|
|
423 {
|
|
|
424 char_u *cinw;
|
|
|
425 char_u *cinw_buf;
|
|
|
426 int cinw_len;
|
|
|
427 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
428 int len;
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
430 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
|
|
|
431 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
|
|
|
432 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
|
|
|
433 {
|
|
|
434 line = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
435 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
|
|
|
436 {
|
|
|
437 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
|
|
|
438 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
|
|
|
439 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
|
|
|
440 {
|
|
|
441 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
442 break;
|
|
|
443 }
|
|
|
444 }
|
|
|
445 vim_free(cinw_buf);
|
|
|
446 }
|
|
|
447 return retval;
|
|
|
448 }
|
|
|
449 #endif
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 /*
|
|
|
452 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
|
|
|
453 *
|
|
|
454 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
|
|
|
455 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
|
|
|
456 *
|
|
|
457 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
|
|
|
458 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
|
|
|
459 * new line.
|
|
|
460 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
|
|
|
461 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
|
|
|
462 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
|
|
|
463 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
|
|
|
464 *
|
|
|
465 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
|
|
466 */
|
|
|
467 int
|
|
|
468 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
|
|
|
469 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
|
470 int flags;
|
|
|
471 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
|
|
|
472 {
|
|
|
473 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
|
|
|
474 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
|
|
|
475 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
|
|
|
476 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
|
|
|
477 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
|
|
|
478 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
|
|
|
479 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
|
|
|
480 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
|
|
|
481 int n;
|
|
|
482 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
|
|
|
483 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
|
|
|
484 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
485 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
|
|
|
486 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
|
487 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
|
|
|
488 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
|
|
|
489 #endif
|
|
|
490 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
|
|
|
491 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
|
|
|
492 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
493 char_u *p;
|
|
|
494 #endif
|
|
|
495 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
496 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
497 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
498 #endif
|
|
|
499 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
500 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
|
|
|
501 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
502 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
503 # endif
|
|
|
504 );
|
|
|
505 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
|
|
|
506 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
507 #endif
|
|
|
508 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
509 int vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
510 #endif
|
|
|
511 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
|
|
|
512 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 /*
|
|
|
515 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
518 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
519 return FALSE;
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
522 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
523 {
|
|
|
524 /*
|
|
|
525 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
|
|
|
526 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
|
|
|
527 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
|
|
|
528 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
|
|
|
529 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
|
|
|
530 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
|
|
|
531 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
|
|
|
532 */
|
|
|
533 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
|
|
|
534 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
|
|
|
535 else
|
|
|
536 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
537 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
538 goto theend;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 /*
|
|
|
541 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
542 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
543 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
|
|
|
544 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
|
|
|
545 * etc) a bit later.
|
|
|
546 */
|
|
|
547 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
|
|
|
548 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
549 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
550 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
551 replace_push(*p++);
|
|
|
552 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
553 }
|
|
|
554 #endif
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
557 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
558 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
559 #endif
|
|
|
560 )
|
|
|
561 {
|
|
|
562 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
563 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
564 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
|
|
|
565 {
|
|
|
566 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
|
|
|
567 first_char = *p;
|
|
|
568 }
|
|
|
569 #endif
|
|
|
570 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
571 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
|
|
|
572 #endif
|
|
|
573 saved_char = *p_extra;
|
|
|
574 *p_extra = NUL;
|
|
|
575 }
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
|
|
|
578 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
579 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
580 #endif
|
|
|
581 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 /*
|
|
|
584 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
|
|
|
585 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
|
|
|
586 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
|
|
|
587 */
|
|
|
588 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
|
|
|
589 trunc_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 /*
|
|
|
592 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
|
|
|
593 * indent to use for the new line.
|
|
|
594 */
|
|
|
595 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
596 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
597 || do_si
|
|
|
598 #endif
|
|
|
599 )
|
|
|
600 {
|
|
|
601 /*
|
|
|
602 * count white space on current line
|
|
|
603 */
|
|
|
604 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
605 if (newindent == 0)
|
|
|
606 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
609 /*
|
|
|
610 * Do smart indenting.
|
|
|
611 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
612 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
|
|
|
613 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
|
|
|
614 * "if (condition) {"
|
|
|
615 */
|
|
|
616 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
|
|
|
617 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
|
|
|
618 {
|
|
|
619 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
620 char_u last_char;
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
622 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
623 ptr = saved_line;
|
|
|
624 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
625 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
626 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
627 else
|
|
|
628 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
629 # endif
|
|
|
630 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
631 {
|
|
|
632 /*
|
|
|
633 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
634 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
635 */
|
|
|
636 if (
|
|
|
637 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
638 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
639 # endif
|
|
|
640 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
641 {
|
|
|
642 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
643 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
644 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
645 }
|
|
|
646 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
647 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
648 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
649 else
|
|
|
650 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
651 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
652 {
|
|
|
653 /*
|
|
|
654 * This case gets the following right:
|
|
|
655 * \*
|
|
|
656 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
|
|
|
657 * *\
|
|
|
658 * #define IN_THE_WAY
|
|
|
659 * This should line up here;
|
|
|
660 */
|
|
|
661 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
662 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
663 p++;
|
|
|
664 if (p[0] == '*')
|
|
|
665 {
|
|
|
666 for (p++; *p; p++)
|
|
|
667 {
|
|
|
668 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
|
|
|
669 {
|
|
|
670 /*
|
|
|
671 * End of C comment, indent should line up
|
|
|
672 * with the line containing the start of
|
|
|
673 * the comment
|
|
|
674 */
|
|
|
675 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
676 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
677 {
|
|
|
678 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
679 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
680 }
|
|
|
681 }
|
|
|
682 }
|
|
|
683 }
|
|
|
684 }
|
|
|
685 else /* Not a comment line */
|
|
|
686 # endif
|
|
|
687 {
|
|
|
688 /* Find last non-blank in line */
|
|
|
689 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
|
|
|
690 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
691 --p;
|
|
|
692 last_char = *p;
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
694 /*
|
|
|
695 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
|
|
|
696 */
|
|
|
697 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
|
|
|
698 {
|
|
|
699 if (p > ptr)
|
|
|
700 --p;
|
|
|
701 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
702 --p;
|
|
|
703 }
|
|
|
704 /*
|
|
|
705 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
|
|
|
706 * lines. eg:
|
|
|
707 * if (condition &&
|
|
|
708 * condition) {
|
|
|
709 * Should line up here!
|
|
|
710 * }
|
|
|
711 */
|
|
|
712 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
715 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
718 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
719 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 }
|
|
|
722 /*
|
|
|
723 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
|
|
|
724 * checking for "if" and the like.
|
|
|
725 */
|
|
|
726 if (last_char == '{')
|
|
|
727 {
|
|
|
728 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
|
|
|
729 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
|
|
|
730 }
|
|
|
731 /*
|
|
|
732 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
733 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
|
|
|
734 * '}'.
|
|
|
735 */
|
|
|
736 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
|
|
|
737 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
|
|
|
738 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
739 }
|
|
|
740 }
|
|
|
741 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
|
|
|
742 {
|
|
|
743 /*
|
|
|
744 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
745 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
746 */
|
|
|
747 if (
|
|
|
748 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
749 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
750 # endif
|
|
|
751 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
752 {
|
|
|
753 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
755 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
|
|
|
756 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
757 {
|
|
|
758 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
759 was_backslashed = TRUE;
|
|
|
760 else
|
|
|
761 was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
762 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
763 }
|
|
|
764 if (was_backslashed)
|
|
|
765 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
|
|
|
766 else
|
|
|
767 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
768 }
|
|
|
769 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
770 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
|
|
|
771 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
772 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
|
|
|
773 can_si_back = TRUE;
|
|
|
774 }
|
|
|
775 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
776 }
|
|
|
777 if (do_si)
|
|
|
778 can_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
779 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
781 did_ai = TRUE;
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
784 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
785 /*
|
|
|
786 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
|
|
|
787 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
|
|
|
788 */
|
|
|
789 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
790 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
791 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
|
|
|
792 else
|
|
|
793 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
794 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
795 {
|
|
|
796 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
|
|
|
797 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
|
|
|
798 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
799 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
800 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
|
|
|
801 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
|
|
|
802 int current_flag;
|
|
|
803 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
|
|
|
804 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 /*
|
|
|
807 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
|
|
|
808 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
|
|
|
809 */
|
|
|
810 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
811 {
|
|
|
812 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
813 {
|
|
|
814 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
815 continue;
|
|
|
816 }
|
|
|
817 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
818 {
|
|
|
819 current_flag = *p;
|
|
|
820 if (*p == COM_START)
|
|
|
821 {
|
|
|
822 /*
|
|
|
823 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
824 */
|
|
|
825 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
826 {
|
|
|
827 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
828 break;
|
|
|
829 }
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
831 /* find start of middle part */
|
|
|
832 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
833 require_blank = FALSE;
|
|
|
834 }
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 /*
|
|
|
837 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
|
|
|
838 */
|
|
|
839 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
840 {
|
|
|
841 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
842 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
843 ++p;
|
|
|
844 }
|
|
|
845 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
847 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
848 {
|
|
|
849 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
850 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
851 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
852 ++p;
|
|
|
853 }
|
|
|
854 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
|
|
|
857 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 /*
|
|
|
860 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
|
|
|
861 * the comment leader.
|
|
|
862 */
|
|
|
863 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
864 {
|
|
|
865 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
866 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
|
|
|
867 {
|
|
|
868 comment_end = p;
|
|
|
869 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
870 break;
|
|
|
871 }
|
|
|
872 }
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 /*
|
|
|
875 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
876 */
|
|
|
877 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
878 {
|
|
|
879 if (current_flag == COM_START)
|
|
|
880 {
|
|
|
881 lead_repl = lead_middle;
|
|
|
882 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
883 }
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 /*
|
|
|
886 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
|
|
|
887 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
|
|
|
888 * comment leader on the next line.
|
|
|
889 */
|
|
|
890 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
|
|
|
891 && ((p_extra != NULL
|
|
|
892 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
|
|
|
893 || (p_extra == NULL
|
|
|
894 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
|
|
|
895 || require_blank))
|
|
|
896 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
897 }
|
|
|
898 break;
|
|
|
899 }
|
|
|
900 if (*p == COM_END)
|
|
|
901 {
|
|
|
902 /*
|
|
|
903 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
904 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
|
|
|
905 * start (for C-comments).
|
|
|
906 */
|
|
|
907 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
908 {
|
|
|
909 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
|
|
|
910 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
911 break;
|
|
|
912 }
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 /*
|
|
|
915 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
916 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
|
|
|
917 */
|
|
|
918 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
|
|
|
919 --p;
|
|
|
920 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
|
|
|
921 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
|
|
|
922 ;
|
|
|
923 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
|
|
|
926 * the comment-end */
|
|
|
927 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
929 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
930 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
|
|
|
931 {
|
|
|
932 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
933 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
934 }
|
|
|
935 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
|
|
|
936 {
|
|
|
937 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
|
|
|
938 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
|
|
|
939 p2++;
|
|
|
940 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942 break;
|
|
|
943 }
|
|
|
944 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
|
|
|
945 {
|
|
|
946 /*
|
|
|
947 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
|
|
|
948 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
|
|
|
949 */
|
|
|
950 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
951 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
952 else
|
|
|
953 {
|
|
|
954 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
955 lead_repl_len = 0;
|
|
|
956 }
|
|
|
957 break;
|
|
|
958 }
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
961 {
|
|
|
962 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
|
|
|
963 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
|
|
|
964 extra_len + 1);
|
|
|
965 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 if (leader == NULL)
|
|
|
968 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
969 else
|
|
|
970 {
|
|
|
971 STRNCPY(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
|
|
|
972 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
973
|
|
|
974 /*
|
|
|
975 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
|
|
|
976 */
|
|
|
977 if (lead_repl != NULL)
|
|
|
978 {
|
|
|
979 int c = 0;
|
|
|
980 int off = 0;
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
982 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
983 {
|
|
|
984 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
|
|
|
985 c = *p;
|
|
|
986 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
987 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
988 }
|
|
|
989 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
|
|
|
990 {
|
|
|
991 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
|
|
|
992 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
|
|
|
993 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
|
|
|
994 ;
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
996 ++p;
|
|
|
997 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
998 p = leader;
|
|
|
999 else
|
|
|
1000 p -= lead_repl_len;
|
|
|
1001 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1002 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
|
|
|
1003 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1004
|
|
|
1005 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
|
|
|
1006 while (--p >= leader)
|
|
|
1007 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1008 *p = ' ';
|
|
|
1009 }
|
|
|
1010 else /* left adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1011 {
|
|
|
1012 p = skipwhite(leader);
|
|
|
1013 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
|
|
|
1016 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
|
|
|
1017 * remain the same. */
|
|
|
1018 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
|
|
|
1019 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1020 {
|
|
|
1021 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
|
|
|
1022 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
|
|
|
1023 {
|
|
|
1024 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1025 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
|
|
|
1026 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1027 }
|
|
|
1028 else
|
|
|
1029 *p = ' ';
|
|
|
1030 }
|
|
|
1031 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1032 }
|
|
|
1033
|
|
|
1034 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
|
|
|
1035 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1036 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1037 || do_si
|
|
|
1038 #endif
|
|
|
1039 )
|
|
|
1040 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 /* Add the indent offset */
|
|
|
1043 if (newindent + off < 0)
|
|
|
1044 {
|
|
|
1045 off = -newindent;
|
|
|
1046 newindent = 0;
|
|
|
1047 }
|
|
|
1048 else
|
|
|
1049 newindent += off;
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
|
|
|
1052 * alignment remains equal. */
|
|
|
1053 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
|
|
|
1054 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
1055 {
|
|
|
1056 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
|
|
|
1057 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
|
|
|
1058 break;
|
|
|
1059 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1060 --off;
|
|
|
1061 }
|
|
|
1062
|
|
|
1063 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
|
|
|
1064 * extra space */
|
|
|
1065 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
|
|
|
1066 extra_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1067 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1068 }
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 if (extra_space)
|
|
|
1071 {
|
|
|
1072 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
1073 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1074 }
|
|
|
1075
|
|
|
1076 newcol = lead_len;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 /*
|
|
|
1079 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
|
|
|
1080 * is in the comment leader
|
|
|
1081 */
|
|
|
1082 if (newindent
|
|
|
1083 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1084 || did_si
|
|
|
1085 #endif
|
|
|
1086 )
|
|
|
1087 {
|
|
|
1088 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
|
|
|
1089 {
|
|
|
1090 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1091 --newcol;
|
|
|
1092 ++leader;
|
|
|
1093 }
|
|
|
1094 }
|
|
|
1095
|
|
|
1096 }
|
|
|
1097 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1098 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1099 #endif
|
|
|
1100 }
|
|
|
1101 else if (comment_end != NULL)
|
|
|
1102 {
|
|
|
1103 /*
|
|
|
1104 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
|
|
|
1105 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
|
|
|
1106 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
|
|
|
1107 * comment.
|
|
|
1108 */
|
|
|
1109 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
|
|
|
1110 (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1111 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1112 || do_si
|
|
|
1113 #endif
|
|
|
1114 ))
|
|
|
1115 {
|
|
|
1116 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1117 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
|
|
|
1118 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1119 {
|
|
|
1120 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
1121 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
1122 }
|
|
|
1123 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125 }
|
|
|
1126 }
|
|
|
1127 #endif
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
|
|
|
1130 if (p_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
1131 {
|
|
|
1132 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
|
|
|
1133
|
|
|
1134 /*
|
|
|
1135 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
|
|
|
1136 * non-blank.
|
|
|
1137 *
|
|
|
1138 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
|
|
|
1139 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
|
|
|
1140 */
|
|
|
1141 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1142 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
|
|
|
1143 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
|
|
|
1144 {
|
|
|
1145 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
|
|
|
1146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1147 && (!enc_utf8
|
|
|
1148 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
|
|
|
1149 #endif
|
|
|
1150 )
|
|
|
1151 {
|
|
|
1152 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1153 replace_push(*p_extra);
|
|
|
1154 ++p_extra;
|
|
|
1155 ++less_cols_off;
|
|
|
1156 }
|
|
|
1157 }
|
|
|
1158 if (*p_extra != NUL)
|
|
|
1159 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
|
|
|
1160
|
|
|
1161 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
|
|
|
1162 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
|
|
|
1163 }
|
|
|
1164
|
|
|
1165 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1166 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1169 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
|
|
|
1170 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1171 {
|
|
|
1172 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
|
|
|
1173 p_extra = leader;
|
|
|
1174 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
|
|
|
1175 less_cols -= lead_len;
|
|
|
1176 }
|
|
|
1177 else
|
|
|
1178 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
|
|
|
1179 #endif
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1182 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
1183 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1184 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1185 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
|
|
|
1186 #endif
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
|
1188 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
|
|
|
1189 == FAIL)
|
|
|
1190 goto theend;
|
|
|
1191 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
|
|
|
1192 * with markers. */
|
|
|
1193 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
|
|
|
1194 did_append = TRUE;
|
|
|
1195 }
|
|
|
1196 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1197 else
|
|
|
1198 {
|
|
|
1199 /*
|
|
|
1200 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
|
|
|
1201 */
|
|
|
1202 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
|
|
|
1203 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
|
1205 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
|
|
|
1206 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
|
|
|
1207 */
|
|
|
1208 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
|
|
|
1209 vr_lines_changed++;
|
|
|
1210 }
|
|
|
1211 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
|
|
|
1212 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
1213 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
1214 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216 #endif
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 if (newindent
|
|
|
1219 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1220 || did_si
|
|
|
1221 #endif
|
|
|
1222 )
|
|
|
1223 {
|
|
|
1224 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1225 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1226 if (did_si)
|
|
|
1227 {
|
|
|
1228 if (p_sr)
|
|
|
1229 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1230 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1231 }
|
|
|
1232 #endif
|
|
|
1233 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
|
|
|
1234 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
1235 {
|
|
|
1236 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 /*
|
|
|
1239 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
|
|
|
1240 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
|
|
|
1241 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
|
|
|
1242 */
|
|
|
1243 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
|
|
|
1244 }
|
|
|
1245 else
|
|
|
1246 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
|
|
|
1247 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 /*
|
|
|
1252 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
|
|
|
1253 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
|
|
|
1254 */
|
|
|
1255 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1256 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
|
|
|
1257 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1258 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1259 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1260 if (no_si)
|
|
|
1261 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1262 #endif
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1266 /*
|
|
|
1267 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
|
|
|
1268 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
|
|
|
1269 */
|
|
|
1270 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1271 while (lead_len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1272 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1273 #endif
|
|
|
1274
|
|
|
1275 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1278 {
|
|
|
1279 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1280 {
|
|
|
1281 /* truncate current line at cursor */
|
|
|
1282 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1283 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
|
|
|
1284 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
|
|
|
1285 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
|
|
|
1286 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1287 saved_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1288 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1289 {
|
|
|
1290 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
1291 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
|
|
|
1292 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
|
|
|
1295 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
|
|
|
1296 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
1297 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
|
|
|
1298 1L, (long)-less_cols);
|
|
|
1299 }
|
|
|
1300 else
|
|
|
1301 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
1302 }
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 /*
|
|
|
1305 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
|
|
|
1306 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
|
|
|
1307 */
|
|
|
1308 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
|
|
|
1309 }
|
|
|
1310 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1311 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
|
|
|
1314 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1315 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1316 #endif
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1319 /*
|
|
|
1320 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
|
|
|
1321 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
|
|
|
1322 * normal INSERT mode.
|
|
|
1323 */
|
|
|
1324 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1325 {
|
|
|
1326 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
|
|
|
1327 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1328 }
|
|
|
1329 else
|
|
|
1330 vreplace_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1331 #endif
|
|
|
1332 #ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
1333 /*
|
|
|
1334 * May do lisp indenting.
|
|
|
1335 */
|
|
|
1336 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1337 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1338 && leader == NULL
|
|
|
1339 # endif
|
|
|
1340 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
|
|
|
1341 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
1342 {
|
|
|
1343 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
1344 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1345 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1346 }
|
|
|
1347 #endif
|
|
|
1348 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1349 /*
|
|
|
1350 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
|
|
|
1351 */
|
|
|
1352 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1353 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
1354 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1355 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
1356 # endif
|
|
|
1357 )
|
|
|
1358 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
|
|
|
1359 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
1360 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
|
1361 {
|
|
|
1362 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1363 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1364 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1365 }
|
|
|
1366 #endif
|
|
|
1367 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1368 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
|
|
|
1369 State = vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
1370 #endif
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1373 /*
|
|
|
1374 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
|
|
|
1375 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
|
|
|
1376 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
|
|
|
1377 */
|
|
|
1378 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 /* Put new line in p_extra */
|
|
|
1381 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1382 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1383 goto theend;
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1386 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1389 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1390 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1391 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1392 #endif
|
|
|
1393 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
|
|
|
1394 vim_free(p_extra);
|
|
|
1395 next_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1396 }
|
|
|
1397 #endif
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
|
|
|
1400 theend:
|
|
|
1401 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
|
|
|
1402 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
1403 vim_free(next_line);
|
|
|
1404 vim_free(allocated);
|
|
|
1405 return retval;
|
|
|
1406 }
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1409 /*
|
|
|
1410 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
|
|
|
1411 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
|
|
|
1412 * returned.
|
|
|
1413 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
|
|
|
1414 * comment leader.
|
|
|
1415 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
|
|
|
1416 */
|
|
|
1417 int
|
|
|
1418 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
|
|
|
1419 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1420 char_u **flags;
|
|
|
1421 int backward;
|
|
|
1422 {
|
|
|
1423 int i, j;
|
|
|
1424 int got_com = FALSE;
|
|
|
1425 int found_one;
|
|
|
1426 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
|
1427 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
|
|
|
1428 char_u *list;
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 i = 0;
|
|
|
1431 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
|
|
|
1432 ++i;
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 /*
|
|
|
1435 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
|
1436 */
|
|
|
1437 while (line[i])
|
|
|
1438 {
|
|
|
1439 /*
|
|
|
1440 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
|
1441 */
|
|
|
1442 found_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1443 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
|
1444 {
|
|
|
1445 /*
|
|
|
1446 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
|
|
|
1447 * put string at start of string.
|
|
|
1448 */
|
|
|
1449 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
|
|
|
1450 *flags = list;
|
|
|
1451 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
1452 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
|
1453 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
|
|
|
1454 continue;
|
|
|
1455 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
|
|
|
1456
|
|
|
1457 /*
|
|
|
1458 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
|
|
|
1459 * nested comments.
|
|
|
1460 */
|
|
|
1461 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1462 continue;
|
|
|
1463
|
|
|
1464 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
|
|
|
1465 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
|
|
|
1466 continue;
|
|
|
1467
|
|
|
1468 /*
|
|
|
1469 * Line contents and string must match.
|
|
|
1470 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
|
1471 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
|
1472 * TABs and spaces).
|
|
|
1473 */
|
|
|
1474 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1475 {
|
|
|
1476 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
|
1477 continue;
|
|
|
1478 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1479 ++string;
|
|
|
1480 }
|
|
|
1481 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
|
1482 ;
|
|
|
1483 if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1484 continue;
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 /*
|
|
|
1487 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
|
1488 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
|
|
|
1489 */
|
|
|
1490 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
|
1491 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1492 continue;
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 /*
|
|
|
1495 * We have found a match, stop searching.
|
|
|
1496 */
|
|
|
1497 i += j;
|
|
|
1498 got_com = TRUE;
|
|
|
1499 found_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1500 break;
|
|
|
1501 }
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 /*
|
|
|
1504 * No match found, stop scanning.
|
|
|
1505 */
|
|
|
1506 if (!found_one)
|
|
|
1507 break;
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 /*
|
|
|
1510 * Include any trailing white space.
|
|
|
1511 */
|
|
|
1512 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
1513 ++i;
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 /*
|
|
|
1516 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
|
|
|
1517 */
|
|
|
1518 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1519 break;
|
|
|
1520 }
|
|
|
1521 return (got_com ? i : 0);
|
|
|
1522 }
|
|
|
1523 #endif
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 /*
|
|
|
1526 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
|
|
|
1527 */
|
|
|
1528 int
|
|
|
1529 plines(lnum)
|
|
|
1530 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1531 {
|
|
|
1532 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1533 }
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 int
|
|
|
1536 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1537 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1538 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1539 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1540 {
|
|
|
1541 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1542 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1543 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1544 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1545 }
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 int
|
|
|
1548 plines_nofill(lnum)
|
|
|
1549 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1552 }
|
|
|
1553
|
|
|
1554 int
|
|
|
1555 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1556 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1557 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1558 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1559 {
|
|
|
1560 #endif
|
|
|
1561 int lines;
|
|
|
1562
|
|
|
1563 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1564 return 1;
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1567 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1568 return 1;
|
|
|
1569 #endif
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1572 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
|
|
|
1573 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
|
|
|
1574 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
|
|
|
1575 return 1;
|
|
|
1576 #endif
|
|
|
1577
|
|
|
1578 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1579 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1580 return (int)wp->w_height;
|
|
|
1581 return lines;
|
|
|
1582 }
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 /*
|
|
|
1585 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
|
|
|
1586 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
|
|
|
1587 */
|
|
|
1588 int
|
|
|
1589 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
1590 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1591 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1592 {
|
|
|
1593 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1594 long col;
|
|
|
1595 int width;
|
|
|
1596
|
|
|
1597 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1598 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
|
|
|
1599 return 1;
|
|
|
1600 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 /*
|
|
|
1603 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
|
|
|
1604 * extra column.
|
|
|
1605 */
|
|
|
1606 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
|
|
|
1607 col += 1;
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 /*
|
|
|
1610 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
|
|
|
1611 */
|
|
|
1612 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1613 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1614 return 32000;
|
|
|
1615 if (col <= width)
|
|
|
1616 return 1;
|
|
|
1617 col -= width;
|
|
|
1618 width += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
|
1619 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
|
|
|
1620 }
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 /*
|
|
|
1623 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
|
|
|
1624 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
|
|
|
1625 */
|
|
|
1626 int
|
|
|
1627 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
|
|
|
1628 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1629 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1630 long column;
|
|
|
1631 {
|
|
|
1632 long col;
|
|
|
1633 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1634 int lines = 0;
|
|
|
1635 int width;
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1638 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1639 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1640 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1641 #endif
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1644 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1647 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1648 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1649 #endif
|
|
|
1650
|
|
|
1651 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 col = 0;
|
|
|
1654 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
|
|
|
1655 {
|
|
|
1656 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
|
1657 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1658 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1659 s += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(s);
|
|
|
1660 else
|
|
|
1661 #endif
|
|
|
1662 ++s;
|
|
|
1663 }
|
|
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 /*
|
|
|
1666 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
|
|
|
1667 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
|
|
|
1668 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
|
|
|
1669 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
|
|
|
1670 * 'ts') -- webb.
|
|
|
1671 */
|
|
|
1672 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
|
|
|
1673 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
|
|
|
1674
|
|
|
1675 /*
|
|
|
1676 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
|
|
|
1677 */
|
|
|
1678 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1679 if (width > 0)
|
|
|
1680 {
|
|
|
1681 lines += 1;
|
|
|
1682 if (col >= width)
|
|
|
1683 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp));
|
|
|
1684 if (lines <= wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1685 return lines;
|
|
|
1686 }
|
|
|
1687 return (int)(wp->w_height); /* maximum length */
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 int
|
|
|
1691 plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
|
|
|
1692 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1693 linenr_T first, last;
|
|
|
1694 {
|
|
|
1695 int count = 0;
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 while (first <= last)
|
|
|
1698 {
|
|
|
1699 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1700 int x;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
|
|
|
1703 * that are maybe folded. */
|
|
|
1704 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
|
|
|
1705 if (x > 0)
|
|
|
1706 {
|
|
|
1707 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
|
|
|
1708 first += x;
|
|
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710 else
|
|
|
1711 #endif
|
|
|
1712 {
|
|
|
1713 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1714 if (first == wp->w_topline)
|
|
|
1715 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
|
|
|
1716 else
|
|
|
1717 #endif
|
|
|
1718 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
|
|
|
1719 ++first;
|
|
|
1720 }
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722 return (count);
|
|
|
1723 }
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1726 /*
|
|
|
1727 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1728 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1729 */
|
|
|
1730 void
|
|
|
1731 ins_bytes(p)
|
|
|
1732 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1733 {
|
|
|
1734 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
|
|
|
1735 }
|
|
|
1736 #endif
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1739 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1740 /*
|
|
|
1741 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1742 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1743 */
|
|
|
1744 void
|
|
|
1745 ins_bytes_len(p, len)
|
|
|
1746 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1747 int len;
|
|
|
1748 {
|
|
|
1749 int i;
|
|
|
1750 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1751 int n;
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
|
|
|
1754 {
|
|
|
1755 n = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + i);
|
|
|
1756 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
|
|
|
1757 }
|
|
|
1758 # else
|
|
|
1759 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1760 ins_char(p[i]);
|
|
|
1761 # endif
|
|
|
1762 }
|
|
|
1763 #endif
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 /*
|
|
|
1766 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1767 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
|
|
|
1768 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
1769 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
|
|
|
1770 * convert bytes to a character.
|
|
|
1771 */
|
|
|
1772 void
|
|
|
1773 ins_char(c)
|
|
|
1774 int c;
|
|
|
1775 {
|
|
|
1776 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1777 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
1778 int n;
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1783 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
|
|
|
1784 if (buf[0] == 0)
|
|
|
1785 buf[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
|
|
|
1788 }
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 void
|
|
|
1791 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
|
|
|
1792 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1793 int charlen;
|
|
|
1794 {
|
|
|
1795 int c = buf[0];
|
|
|
1796 int l, j;
|
|
|
1797 #endif
|
|
|
1798 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
|
|
|
1799 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
|
|
|
1800 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1801 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
1802 char_u *oldp;
|
|
|
1803 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
|
|
|
1804 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1805 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1806 int i;
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1809 /* Break tabs if needed. */
|
|
|
1810 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
1811 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
1812 #endif
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1815 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
1816 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
|
|
|
1819 oldlen = 0;
|
|
|
1820 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1821 newlen = charlen;
|
|
|
1822 #else
|
|
|
1823 newlen = 1;
|
|
|
1824 #endif
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1827 {
|
|
|
1828 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1829 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1830 {
|
|
|
1831 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1832 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
1833 int old_list;
|
|
|
1834 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1835 char_u buf[2];
|
|
|
1836 #endif
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 /*
|
|
|
1839 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
1840 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
|
|
|
1841 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
|
|
|
1842 */
|
|
|
1843 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1844 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
1845 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 /*
|
|
|
1848 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
|
|
|
1849 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
|
|
|
1850 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
|
|
|
1851 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
|
|
|
1852 */
|
|
|
1853 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
1854 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1855 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1856 buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1857 #endif
|
|
|
1858 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
|
|
|
1859 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
|
|
|
1860 {
|
|
|
1861 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
|
|
|
1862 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
|
|
|
1863 * position. */
|
|
|
1864 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
|
|
|
1865 break;
|
|
|
1866 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1867 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col + oldlen);
|
|
|
1868 #else
|
|
|
1869 ++oldlen;
|
|
|
1870 #endif
|
|
|
1871 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
|
|
|
1872 if (vcol > new_vcol)
|
|
|
1873 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
|
|
|
1874 }
|
|
|
1875 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
|
|
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877 else
|
|
|
1878 #endif
|
|
|
1879 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1880 {
|
|
|
1881 /* normal replace */
|
|
|
1882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1883 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col);
|
|
|
1884 #else
|
|
|
1885 oldlen = 1;
|
|
|
1886 #endif
|
|
|
1887 }
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
|
|
|
1891 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
|
|
|
1892 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
|
|
|
1893 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
|
|
|
1894 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1895 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
|
|
|
1896 {
|
|
|
1897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1898 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
|
|
|
1899 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
1900 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
|
|
|
1901 i += l;
|
|
|
1902 #else
|
|
|
1903 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
|
|
|
1904 #endif
|
|
|
1905 }
|
|
|
1906 }
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
|
|
|
1909 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
1910 return;
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
|
|
|
1913 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
1914 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
|
|
|
1917 p = newp + col;
|
|
|
1918 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
|
|
|
1919 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
|
|
|
1922 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1923 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
|
|
|
1924 i = charlen;
|
|
|
1925 #else
|
|
|
1926 *p = c;
|
|
|
1927 i = 1;
|
|
|
1928 #endif
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
1930 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
|
|
|
1931 while (i < newlen)
|
|
|
1932 p[i++] = ' ';
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
|
|
|
1935 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
1938 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
1939
|
|
|
1940 /*
|
|
|
1941 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
|
|
|
1942 * show the match for right parens and braces.
|
|
|
1943 */
|
|
|
1944 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1945 && msg_silent == 0
|
|
|
1946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1947 && charlen == 1
|
|
|
1948 #endif
|
|
|
1949 )
|
|
|
1950 showmatch(c);
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1953 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
1954 #endif
|
|
|
1955 {
|
|
|
1956 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
|
|
|
1957 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1958 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
|
|
|
1959 #else
|
|
|
1960 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1961 #endif
|
|
|
1962 }
|
|
|
1963 /*
|
|
|
1964 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
|
|
|
1965 */
|
|
|
1966 }
|
|
|
1967
|
|
|
1968 /*
|
|
|
1969 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1970 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
|
|
|
1971 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
1972 */
|
|
|
1973 void
|
|
|
1974 ins_str(s)
|
|
|
1975 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
1978 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
1979 int oldlen;
|
|
|
1980 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1981 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1984 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
1985 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
1986 #endif
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1989 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
1990 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
|
|
|
1993 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
1994 return;
|
|
|
1995 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
1996 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
1997 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
|
|
|
1998 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
|
|
|
1999 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2000 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2001 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
|
|
|
2002 }
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004 /*
|
|
|
2005 * Delete one character under the cursor.
|
|
|
2006 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2007 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2008 *
|
|
|
2009 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2010 */
|
|
|
2011 int
|
|
|
2012 del_char(fixpos)
|
|
|
2013 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2014 {
|
|
|
2015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2016 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2017 {
|
|
|
2018 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
|
|
|
2019 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
2020 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
2021 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2022 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2023 }
|
|
|
2024 #endif
|
|
|
2025 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2026 }
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2029 /*
|
|
|
2030 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
|
|
|
2031 */
|
|
|
2032 int
|
|
|
2033 del_chars(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2034 long count;
|
|
|
2035 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2036 {
|
|
|
2037 long bytes = 0;
|
|
|
2038 long i;
|
|
|
2039 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2040 int l;
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
2042 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2043 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
|
|
|
2044 {
|
|
|
2045 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p);
|
|
|
2046 bytes += l;
|
|
|
2047 p += l;
|
|
|
2048 }
|
|
|
2049 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos);
|
|
|
2050 }
|
|
|
2051 #endif
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 /*
|
|
|
2054 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
|
|
|
2055 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2056 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2057 *
|
|
|
2058 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2059 */
|
|
|
2060 int
|
|
|
2061 del_bytes(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2062 long count;
|
|
|
2063 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2066 colnr_T oldlen;
|
|
|
2067 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2068 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2069 int was_alloced;
|
|
|
2070 long movelen;
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2073 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 /*
|
|
|
2076 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2077 */
|
|
|
2078 if (col >= oldlen)
|
|
|
2079 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2082 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
|
|
|
2083 * delete the last combining character. */
|
|
|
2084 if (p_deco && enc_utf8 && (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col) <= count)
|
|
|
2085 {
|
|
|
2086 int c1, c2;
|
|
|
2087 int n;
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, &c1, &c2);
|
|
|
2090 if (c1 != NUL)
|
|
|
2091 {
|
|
|
2092 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
|
|
|
2093 n = col;
|
|
|
2094 do
|
|
|
2095 {
|
|
|
2096 col = n;
|
|
|
2097 count = utf_ptr2len_check(oldp + n);
|
|
|
2098 n += count;
|
|
|
2099 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
|
|
|
2100 fixpos = 0;
|
|
|
2101 }
|
|
|
2102 }
|
|
|
2103 #endif
|
|
|
2104
|
|
|
2105 /*
|
|
|
2106 * When count is too big, reduce it.
|
|
|
2107 */
|
|
|
2108 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
|
|
|
2109 if (movelen <= 1)
|
|
|
2110 {
|
|
|
2111 /*
|
|
|
2112 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
|
|
|
2113 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2114 */
|
|
|
2115 if (col > 0 && fixpos)
|
|
|
2116 {
|
|
|
2117 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2118 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2119 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2120 #endif
|
|
|
2121 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2122 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2123 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
|
|
|
2124 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2125 #endif
|
|
|
2126 }
|
|
|
2127 count = oldlen - col;
|
|
|
2128 movelen = 1;
|
|
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 /*
|
|
|
2132 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
|
|
|
2133 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
|
|
|
2134 */
|
|
|
2135 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
|
|
|
2136 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2137 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
2138 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
|
|
|
2139 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
|
|
|
2140 #endif
|
|
|
2141 if (was_alloced)
|
|
|
2142 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
|
|
|
2143 else
|
|
|
2144 { /* need to allocate a new line */
|
|
|
2145 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
|
|
|
2146 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2147 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2148 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2149 }
|
|
|
2150 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
|
|
|
2151 if (!was_alloced)
|
|
|
2152 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2153
|
|
|
2154 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2155 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 return OK;
|
|
|
2158 }
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 /*
|
|
|
2161 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
|
|
|
2162 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2163 *
|
|
|
2164 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2165 */
|
|
|
2166 int
|
|
|
2167 truncate_line(fixpos)
|
|
|
2168 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
|
|
|
2169 {
|
|
|
2170 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
2171 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2172 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2173
|
|
|
2174 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
2175 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
2176 else
|
|
|
2177 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
|
|
|
2178
|
|
|
2179 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2180 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2181
|
|
|
2182 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2183
|
|
|
2184 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2185 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 /*
|
|
|
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2189 */
|
|
|
2190 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
2191 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 return OK;
|
|
|
2194 }
|
|
|
2195
|
|
|
2196 /*
|
|
|
2197 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
|
|
|
2198 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
|
|
|
2199 */
|
|
|
2200 void
|
|
|
2201 del_lines(nlines, undo)
|
|
|
2202 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
|
|
|
2203 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
|
|
|
2204 {
|
|
|
2205 long n;
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 if (nlines <= 0)
|
|
|
2208 return;
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
|
|
|
2211 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2212 return;
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
|
|
|
2215 {
|
|
|
2216 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
|
|
|
2217 break;
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
2220 ++n;
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
2222 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
|
|
|
2223 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2224 break;
|
|
|
2225 }
|
|
|
2226 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2227 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
2230 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
2231 }
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 int
|
|
|
2234 gchar_pos(pos)
|
|
|
2235 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2236 {
|
|
|
2237 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2240 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2241 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
2242 #endif
|
|
|
2243 return (int)*ptr;
|
|
|
2244 }
|
|
|
2245
|
|
|
2246 int
|
|
|
2247 gchar_cursor()
|
|
|
2248 {
|
|
|
2249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2250 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2251 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
2252 #endif
|
|
|
2253 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2254 }
|
|
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 /*
|
|
|
2257 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
|
|
|
2258 * It is directly written into the block.
|
|
|
2259 */
|
|
|
2260 void
|
|
|
2261 pchar_cursor(c)
|
|
|
2262 int c;
|
|
|
2263 {
|
|
|
2264 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
|
|
|
2265 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
|
|
|
2266 }
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
2269 /*
|
|
|
2270 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
|
|
|
2271 */
|
|
|
2272 void
|
|
|
2273 goto_endofbuf(pos)
|
|
|
2274 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2275 {
|
|
|
2276 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2277
|
|
|
2278 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
2279 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
2280 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
2281 while (*p++)
|
|
|
2282 ++pos->col;
|
|
|
2283 }
|
|
|
2284 #endif
|
|
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 /*
|
|
|
2287 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
|
|
|
2288 * non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
2289 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
|
|
|
2290 * the line.
|
|
|
2291 */
|
|
|
2292 int
|
|
|
2293 inindent(extra)
|
|
|
2294 int extra;
|
|
|
2295 {
|
|
|
2296 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2297 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2298
|
|
|
2299 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
|
|
|
2300 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2301 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
|
|
|
2302 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2303 else
|
|
|
2304 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 /*
|
|
|
2308 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
|
|
|
2309 */
|
|
|
2310 char_u *
|
|
|
2311 skip_to_option_part(p)
|
|
|
2312 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2313 {
|
|
|
2314 if (*p == ',')
|
|
|
2315 ++p;
|
|
|
2316 while (*p == ' ')
|
|
|
2317 ++p;
|
|
|
2318 return p;
|
|
|
2319 }
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
|
2322 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
|
|
|
2323 *
|
|
|
2324 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
|
|
|
2325 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
|
|
|
2326 */
|
|
|
2327 void
|
|
|
2328 changed()
|
|
|
2329 {
|
|
|
2330 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
2331 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
|
|
|
2332 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
|
|
|
2333 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
|
|
|
2334 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
|
|
|
2335 return;
|
|
|
2336 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
2337 #endif
|
|
|
2338
|
|
|
2339 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
|
2341 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 change_warning(0);
|
|
|
2344 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
|
|
|
2345 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
|
|
|
2346 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
|
|
|
2347 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
2348 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
|
|
|
2349 #endif
|
|
|
2350 )
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 ml_open_file(curbuf);
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
|
|
|
2355 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
|
|
|
2356 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
|
|
|
2357 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
|
|
|
2358 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2359 {
|
|
|
2360 out_flush();
|
|
|
2361 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
|
|
|
2362 wait_return(TRUE);
|
|
|
2363 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365 }
|
|
|
2366 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2367 ml_setdirty(curbuf, TRUE);
|
|
|
2368 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2369 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
|
2370 #endif
|
|
|
2371 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2372 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2373 #endif
|
|
|
2374 }
|
|
|
2375 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2376 ++global_changedtick;
|
|
|
2377 }
|
|
|
2378
|
|
|
2379 static void changedOneline __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2380 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 /*
|
|
|
2383 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2384 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2385 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2386 * - invalidates cached values
|
|
|
2387 */
|
|
|
2388 void
|
|
|
2389 changed_bytes(lnum, col)
|
|
|
2390 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2391 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2392 {
|
|
|
2393 changedOneline(lnum);
|
|
|
2394 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 static void
|
|
|
2398 changedOneline(lnum)
|
|
|
2399 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 if (curbuf->b_mod_set)
|
|
|
2402 {
|
|
|
2403 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
|
2404 if (lnum < curbuf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2405 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2406 else if (lnum >= curbuf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2407 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2408 }
|
|
|
2409 else
|
|
|
2410 {
|
|
|
2411 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
|
|
|
2412 curbuf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2413 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2414 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2415 curbuf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
|
|
|
2416 }
|
|
|
2417 }
|
|
|
2418
|
|
|
2419 /*
|
|
|
2420 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2421 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2422 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2423 */
|
|
|
2424 void
|
|
|
2425 appended_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2426 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2427 long count;
|
|
|
2428 {
|
|
|
2429 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 /*
|
|
|
2433 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2434 */
|
|
|
2435 void
|
|
|
2436 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2437 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2438 long count;
|
|
|
2439 {
|
|
|
2440 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
|
|
|
2441 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2442 }
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 /*
|
|
|
2445 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2446 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2447 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2448 */
|
|
|
2449 void
|
|
|
2450 deleted_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2451 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2452 long count;
|
|
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2455 }
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 /*
|
|
|
2458 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2459 */
|
|
|
2460 void
|
|
|
2461 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2462 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2463 long count;
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
|
|
|
2466 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2467 }
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 /*
|
|
|
2470 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2471 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2472 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2473 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2474 * - invalidate cached values
|
|
|
2475 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
|
|
|
2476 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
|
|
|
2477 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
|
|
|
2478 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
|
|
|
2479 */
|
|
|
2480 void
|
|
|
2481 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2482 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2483 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
|
|
|
2484 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2485 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2486 {
|
|
|
2487 if (curbuf->b_mod_set)
|
|
|
2488 {
|
|
|
2489 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
|
2490 if (lnum < curbuf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2491 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2492 if (lnum < curbuf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2493 {
|
|
|
2494 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
|
|
|
2495 curbuf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
|
|
|
2496 if (curbuf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
|
|
|
2497 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
|
|
|
2498 }
|
|
|
2499 if (lnume + xtra > curbuf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2500 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2501 curbuf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
|
|
|
2502 }
|
|
|
2503 else
|
|
|
2504 {
|
|
|
2505 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
|
2506 curbuf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2507 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2508 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2509 curbuf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
|
|
|
2510 }
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2513 }
|
|
|
2514
|
|
|
2515 static void
|
|
|
2516 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2517 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2518 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2519 linenr_T lnume;
|
|
|
2520 long xtra;
|
|
|
2521 {
|
|
|
2522 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2523 int i;
|
|
|
2524 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2525 int cols;
|
|
|
2526 pos_T *p;
|
|
|
2527 int add;
|
|
|
2528 #endif
|
|
|
2529
|
|
|
2530 /* mark the buffer as modified */
|
|
|
2531 changed();
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 /* set the '. mark */
|
|
|
2534 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
2535 {
|
|
|
2536 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
2537 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2540 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
|
|
|
2541 * don't have an entry yet. */
|
|
|
2542 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2543 {
|
|
|
2544 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2545 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2546 else
|
|
|
2547 {
|
|
|
2548 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
|
|
|
2549 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
|
|
|
2550 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
|
|
|
2551 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
|
|
|
2552 if (p->lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
2553 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2554 else
|
|
|
2555 {
|
|
|
2556 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
|
|
|
2557 if (cols == 0)
|
|
|
2558 cols = 79;
|
|
|
2559 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
|
|
|
2560 }
|
|
|
2561 }
|
|
|
2562 if (add)
|
|
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
|
|
|
2565 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
|
|
|
2566 * position in the changelist. */
|
|
|
2567 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
|
|
|
2570 {
|
|
|
2571 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
|
|
|
2572 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
2573 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
|
|
|
2574 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
|
|
|
2575 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2576 {
|
|
|
2577 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
|
|
|
2578 * this buffer. */
|
|
|
2579 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
|
|
|
2580 --wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2581 }
|
|
|
2582 }
|
|
|
2583 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2584 {
|
|
|
2585 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
|
|
|
2586 * at the end it stays at the end. */
|
|
|
2587 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
|
|
|
2588 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
|
|
|
2589 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
|
|
|
2595 curbuf->b_last_change;
|
|
|
2596 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
|
|
|
2597 * takes you back to it. */
|
|
|
2598 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2599 #endif
|
|
|
2600 }
|
|
|
2601
|
|
|
2602 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2603 {
|
|
|
2604 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
|
2605 {
|
|
|
2606 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
|
|
|
2607 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
|
|
|
2608 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
|
|
|
2609
|
|
|
2610 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
|
|
|
2611 * values for the cursor. */
|
|
|
2612 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2613 /*
|
|
|
2614 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
|
|
|
2615 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
|
|
|
2616 */
|
|
|
2617 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
|
|
|
2620 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
|
|
|
2621 * might be displayed differently.
|
|
|
2622 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
|
|
|
2623 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
|
|
|
2624 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2625 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
2626 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2627 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2628 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
|
|
|
2629 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
|
|
|
2632 * compare with the first line in that range. */
|
|
|
2633 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
2636 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
|
|
|
2637 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2638 }
|
|
|
2639 #endif
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
2642 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2643 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
|
|
|
2644 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2645 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
|
|
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
|
|
|
2648 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
|
|
|
2649 approximate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
|
2650 }
|
|
|
2651
|
|
|
2652 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
|
|
|
2653 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
|
|
|
2654 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
|
|
|
2655 * after the change. */
|
|
|
2656 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
|
|
|
2657 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
|
|
|
2658 {
|
|
|
2659 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2660 {
|
|
|
2661 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
|
|
|
2662 {
|
|
|
2663 /* line included in change */
|
|
|
2664 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2665 }
|
|
|
2666 else if (xtra != 0)
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 /* line below change */
|
|
|
2669 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2670 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2671 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2672 #endif
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
|
2674 }
|
|
|
2675 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2676 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2677 {
|
|
|
2678 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
|
|
|
2679 * may need to be redrawn */
|
|
|
2680 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2681 }
|
|
|
2682 #endif
|
|
|
2683 }
|
|
|
2684 }
|
|
|
2685 }
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
|
|
|
2688 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
|
|
|
2689 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2690 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2691 }
|
|
|
2692
|
|
|
2693 /*
|
|
|
2694 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2695 */
|
|
|
2696 void
|
|
|
2697 unchanged(buf, ff)
|
|
|
2698 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2699 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
|
|
|
2700 {
|
|
|
2701 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
|
|
|
2702 {
|
|
|
2703 buf->b_changed = 0;
|
|
|
2704 ml_setdirty(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
2705 if (ff)
|
|
|
2706 save_file_ff(buf);
|
|
|
2707 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2708 check_status(buf);
|
|
|
2709 #endif
|
|
|
2710 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2711 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2712 #endif
|
|
|
2713 }
|
|
|
2714 ++buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2715 ++global_changedtick;
|
|
|
2716 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2717 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
|
|
|
2718 #endif
|
|
|
2719 }
|
|
|
2720
|
|
|
2721 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2722 /*
|
|
|
2723 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2724 * need to be updated
|
|
|
2725 */
|
|
|
2726 void
|
|
|
2727 check_status(buf)
|
|
|
2728 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2729 {
|
|
|
2730 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2733 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
|
|
|
2734 {
|
|
|
2735 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
2736 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2737 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2738 }
|
|
|
2739 }
|
|
|
2740 #endif
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742 /*
|
|
|
2743 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
|
|
|
2744 * Don't do this for autocommands.
|
|
|
2745 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
|
|
|
2746 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but b_did_warn
|
|
|
2747 * will be TRUE.
|
|
|
2748 */
|
|
|
2749 void
|
|
|
2750 change_warning(col)
|
|
|
2751 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
|
|
|
2752 mode and 'showmode' is on */
|
|
|
2753 {
|
|
|
2754 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
|
|
|
2755 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
|
|
|
2756 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2757 && !autocmd_busy
|
|
|
2758 #endif
|
|
|
2759 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2760 {
|
|
|
2761 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2762 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
2763 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2764 return;
|
|
|
2765 #endif
|
|
|
2766 /*
|
|
|
2767 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
|
|
|
2768 * be after the mode message.
|
|
|
2769 */
|
|
|
2770 msg_start();
|
|
|
2771 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2772 msg_col = col;
|
|
16
|
2773 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
2774 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
|
|
|
2775 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
|
|
|
2776 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
2777 (void)msg_end();
|
|
|
2778 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
|
|
|
2779 {
|
|
|
2780 out_flush();
|
|
|
2781 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
|
|
|
2782 }
|
|
|
2783 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
|
|
|
2784 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
|
|
|
2785 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2786 showmode();
|
|
|
2787 }
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 /*
|
|
|
2791 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
|
|
|
2792 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
|
|
|
2793 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
|
|
|
2794 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
|
|
|
2795 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
|
|
|
2796 *
|
|
|
2797 * return the 'y' or 'n'
|
|
|
2798 */
|
|
|
2799 int
|
|
|
2800 ask_yesno(str, direct)
|
|
|
2801 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2802 int direct;
|
|
|
2803 {
|
|
|
2804 int r = ' ';
|
|
|
2805 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
|
|
|
2808 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
2809 ++no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2810 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
2811 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
2812 #endif
|
|
|
2813 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
|
|
|
2814 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2815 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
|
|
|
2816 #endif
|
|
|
2817 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
2818 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
|
|
|
2821 {
|
|
|
2822 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
|
|
|
2823 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
|
|
|
2824 if (direct)
|
|
|
2825 r = get_keystroke();
|
|
|
2826 else
|
|
|
2827 r = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
2828 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
|
|
|
2829 r = 'n';
|
|
|
2830 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
|
|
|
2831 out_flush();
|
|
|
2832 }
|
|
|
2833 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2834 State = save_State;
|
|
|
2835 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2836 setmouse();
|
|
|
2837 #endif
|
|
|
2838 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
2839 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 return r;
|
|
|
2842 }
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 /*
|
|
|
2845 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
|
|
|
2846 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
|
|
|
2847 * button (used at the more prompt).
|
|
|
2848 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
|
|
|
2849 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
|
|
|
2850 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
|
|
|
2851 */
|
|
|
2852 int
|
|
|
2853 get_keystroke()
|
|
|
2854 {
|
|
|
2855 #define CBUFLEN 151
|
|
|
2856 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
|
|
|
2857 int len = 0;
|
|
|
2858 int n;
|
|
|
2859 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
|
|
|
2862 for (;;)
|
|
|
2863 {
|
|
|
2864 cursor_on();
|
|
|
2865 out_flush();
|
|
|
2866
|
|
|
2867 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
|
|
|
2868 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
|
|
|
2869 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
|
|
|
2870 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
|
|
|
2871 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
|
|
|
2872 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
|
|
|
2873 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
2874 {
|
|
|
2875 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
|
|
|
2876 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
|
|
|
2877 len += n;
|
|
|
2878 }
|
|
|
2879
|
|
|
2880 /* incomplete termcode: get more characters */
|
|
|
2881 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0)
|
|
|
2882 continue;
|
|
|
2883 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
|
|
|
2884 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
2885 len = n;
|
|
|
2886 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
|
|
|
2887 continue;
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
|
|
|
2890 n = buf[0];
|
|
|
2891 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
2892 {
|
|
|
2893 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
|
|
|
2894 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
|
|
|
2895 || n == K_IGNORE
|
|
|
2896 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2897 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
|
|
|
2898 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
|
|
|
2899 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
|
|
|
2900 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
|
|
|
2901 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
|
|
|
2902 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
|
|
|
2903 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
|
|
|
2904 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
|
|
|
2905 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
|
|
|
2906 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
|
|
|
2907 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
|
|
|
2908 || n == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|
2909 || n == K_X1MOUSE
|
|
|
2910 || n == K_X1DRAG
|
|
|
2911 || n == K_X1RELEASE
|
|
|
2912 || n == K_X2MOUSE
|
|
|
2913 || n == K_X2DRAG
|
|
|
2914 || n == K_X2RELEASE
|
|
|
2915 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2916 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
2917 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
2918 # endif
|
|
|
2919 #endif
|
|
|
2920 )
|
|
|
2921 {
|
|
|
2922 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
|
|
|
2923 mod_mask = buf[2];
|
|
|
2924 len -= 3;
|
|
|
2925 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
2926 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
2927 continue;
|
|
|
2928 }
|
|
|
2929 }
|
|
|
2930 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2931 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2932 {
|
|
|
2933 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
|
|
|
2934 continue; /* more bytes to get */
|
|
|
2935 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
|
|
|
2936 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
|
|
|
2937 }
|
|
|
2938 #endif
|
|
|
2939 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2940 if (n == intr_char)
|
|
|
2941 n = ESC;
|
|
|
2942 #endif
|
|
|
2943 break;
|
|
|
2944 }
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
2947 return n;
|
|
|
2948 }
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 /*
|
|
|
2951 * get a number from the user
|
|
|
2952 */
|
|
|
2953 int
|
|
|
2954 get_number(colon)
|
|
|
2955 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
|
|
|
2956 {
|
|
|
2957 int n = 0;
|
|
|
2958 int c;
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
|
|
|
2961 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
|
|
|
2962 if (msg_silent != 0)
|
|
|
2963 return 0;
|
|
|
2964
|
|
|
2965 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
2966 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
2967 #endif
|
|
|
2968 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
2969 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
2970 for (;;)
|
|
|
2971 {
|
|
|
2972 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
|
|
|
2973 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
2974 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
2975 {
|
|
|
2976 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
|
|
|
2977 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
2978 }
|
|
|
2979 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
2980 {
|
|
|
2981 n /= 10;
|
|
|
2982 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
|
|
|
2983 }
|
|
|
2984 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
|
|
|
2985 {
|
|
|
2986 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
|
|
|
2987 if (!exmode_active)
|
|
|
2988 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
2989 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
|
|
|
2990 do_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
2991 break;
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
|
|
|
2994 break;
|
|
|
2995 }
|
|
|
2996 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
2997 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
2998 return n;
|
|
|
2999 }
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 void
|
|
|
3002 msgmore(n)
|
|
|
3003 long n;
|
|
|
3004 {
|
|
|
3005 long pn;
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
|
|
|
3008 || keep_msg != NULL /* there is a message already, skip this one */
|
|
|
3009 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
|
|
|
3010 return;
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3013 pn = n;
|
|
|
3014 else
|
|
|
3015 pn = -n;
|
|
|
3016
|
|
|
3017 if (pn > p_report)
|
|
|
3018 {
|
|
|
3019 if (pn == 1)
|
|
|
3020 {
|
|
|
3021 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3022 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
|
|
|
3023 else
|
|
|
3024 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
|
|
|
3025 }
|
|
|
3026 else
|
|
|
3027 {
|
|
|
3028 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3029 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3030 else
|
|
|
3031 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3032 }
|
|
|
3033 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3034 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
|
|
|
3035 if (msg(msg_buf))
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 set_keep_msg(msg_buf);
|
|
|
3038 keep_msg_attr = 0;
|
|
|
3039 }
|
|
|
3040 }
|
|
|
3041 }
|
|
|
3042
|
|
|
3043 /*
|
|
|
3044 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3045 */
|
|
|
3046 void
|
|
|
3047 beep_flush()
|
|
|
3048 {
|
|
|
3049 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3050 {
|
|
|
3051 flush_buffers(FALSE);
|
|
|
3052 vim_beep();
|
|
|
3053 }
|
|
|
3054 }
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 /*
|
|
|
3057 * give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3058 */
|
|
|
3059 void
|
|
|
3060 vim_beep()
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
|
3062 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3063 {
|
|
|
3064 if (p_vb
|
|
|
3065 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3066 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
|
|
|
3067 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
|
|
|
3068 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
|
|
|
3069 #endif
|
|
|
3070 )
|
|
|
3071 {
|
|
|
3072 out_str(T_VB);
|
|
|
3073 }
|
|
|
3074 else
|
|
|
3075 {
|
|
|
3076 #ifdef MSDOS
|
|
|
3077 /*
|
|
|
3078 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
|
|
|
3079 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
|
|
|
3080 * where the beeps don't overlap.
|
|
|
3081 */
|
|
|
3082 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
|
|
|
3083 {
|
|
|
3084 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3085 beep_count = 1;
|
|
|
3086 }
|
|
|
3087 else
|
|
|
3088 ++beep_count;
|
|
|
3089 #else
|
|
|
3090 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3091 #endif
|
|
|
3092 }
|
|
|
3093 }
|
|
|
3094 }
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 /*
|
|
|
3097 * To get the "real" home directory:
|
|
|
3098 * - get value of $HOME
|
|
|
3099 * For Unix:
|
|
|
3100 * - go to that directory
|
|
|
3101 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
|
|
|
3102 * This also works with mounts and links.
|
|
|
3103 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
|
|
|
3104 */
|
|
|
3105 static char_u *homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 void
|
|
|
3108 init_homedir()
|
|
|
3109 {
|
|
|
3110 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3111
|
|
|
3112 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3113 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3114 #else
|
|
|
3115 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3116 #endif
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
|
|
|
3119 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
3122 /*
|
|
|
3123 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
|
|
|
3124 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
|
|
|
3125 * when $HOME is being set.
|
|
|
3126 */
|
|
|
3127 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3130 char_u *exp;
|
|
|
3131
|
|
|
3132 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
|
|
|
3133 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3134 {
|
|
|
3135 STRNCPY(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
|
|
|
3136 NameBuff[p - (var + 1)] = NUL;
|
|
|
3137 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
|
|
|
3138 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
|
|
|
3139 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3140 {
|
|
|
3141 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
|
|
|
3142 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3143 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3144 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3145 }
|
|
|
3146 }
|
|
|
3147 }
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 /*
|
|
|
3150 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
|
|
|
3151 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
|
|
|
3152 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
|
|
|
3153 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
|
|
|
3154 */
|
|
|
3155 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3156 {
|
|
|
3157 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
|
|
|
3158
|
|
|
3159 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
|
|
|
3160 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
|
|
|
3161 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
|
|
|
3162 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3163 {
|
|
|
3164 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
|
|
|
3165 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
3166 {
|
|
|
3167 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3168 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3169 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3170 }
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172 }
|
|
|
3173 #endif
|
|
|
3174
|
|
|
3175 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3176 /*
|
|
|
3177 * Default home dir is C:/
|
|
|
3178 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
|
|
|
3179 */
|
|
|
3180 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3181 var = "C:/";
|
|
|
3182 #endif
|
|
|
3183 if (var != NULL)
|
|
|
3184 {
|
|
|
3185 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3186 /*
|
|
|
3187 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
|
|
|
3188 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
|
|
|
3189 */
|
|
|
3190 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
|
|
|
3191 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
|
|
|
3192 {
|
|
|
3193 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
|
|
|
3194 var = IObuff;
|
|
|
3195 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
|
|
|
3196 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
|
|
|
3197 }
|
|
|
3198 #endif
|
|
|
3199 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3200 }
|
|
|
3201 }
|
|
|
3202
|
|
|
3203 /*
|
|
|
3204 * Expand environment variable with path name.
|
|
|
3205 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
|
|
|
3206 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
|
|
|
3207 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
|
|
|
3208 */
|
|
|
3209 void
|
|
|
3210 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
|
|
|
3211 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3212 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3213 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3214 {
|
|
|
3215 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE);
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 void
|
|
|
3219 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, esc)
|
|
|
3220 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3221 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3222 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3223 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
|
|
|
3224 {
|
|
|
3225 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
3226 int c;
|
|
|
3227 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3228 int copy_char;
|
|
|
3229 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
|
|
|
3230 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
|
|
|
3231
|
|
|
3232 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
3233 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
|
|
|
3234 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3235 {
|
|
|
3236 copy_char = TRUE;
|
|
|
3237 if (*src == '$'
|
|
|
3238 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3239 || *src == '%'
|
|
|
3240 #endif
|
|
|
3241 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
|
|
|
3242 {
|
|
|
3243 mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 /*
|
|
|
3246 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
|
|
|
3247 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
|
|
|
3248 */
|
|
|
3249 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
|
|
|
3250 {
|
|
|
3251 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3252 var = dst;
|
|
|
3253 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3254
|
|
|
3255 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3256 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
|
|
|
3257 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
|
|
|
3258 {
|
|
|
3259 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
|
|
|
3260 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3261 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263 else
|
|
|
3264 #endif
|
|
|
3265 {
|
|
|
3266 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
|
|
|
3267 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3268 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3269 #endif
|
|
|
3270 ))
|
|
|
3271 {
|
|
|
3272 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
|
|
|
3273 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
|
|
|
3274 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
|
|
|
3275 #else
|
|
|
3276 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3277 #endif
|
|
|
3278 }
|
|
|
3279 }
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3282 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3283 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3284 # else
|
|
|
3285 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3286 # endif
|
|
|
3287 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3288 else
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
|
3290 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3291 if (src[1] == '{')
|
|
|
3292 # else
|
|
|
3293 if (*src == '%')
|
|
|
3294 #endif
|
|
|
3295 ++tail;
|
|
|
3296 #endif
|
|
|
3297 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3298 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
|
|
|
3299 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301 #endif
|
|
|
3302 }
|
|
|
3303 /* home directory */
|
|
|
3304 else if ( src[1] == NUL
|
|
|
3305 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
|
|
|
3306 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 var = homedir;
|
|
|
3309 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3310 }
|
|
|
3311 else /* user directory */
|
|
|
3312 {
|
|
|
3313 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
|
|
|
3314 /*
|
|
|
3315 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
|
|
|
3316 */
|
|
|
3317 tail = src;
|
|
|
3318 var = dst;
|
|
|
3319 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3320 while ( c-- > 0
|
|
|
3321 && *tail
|
|
|
3322 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
|
|
|
3323 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3324 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3325 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3326 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3327 /*
|
|
|
3328 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
|
|
|
3329 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
|
|
|
3330 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
|
|
|
3331 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
|
|
|
3332 */
|
|
|
3333 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
|
3334 {
|
|
|
3335 struct passwd *pw;
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
|
|
|
3338 if (pw != NULL)
|
|
|
3339 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
|
|
|
3340 else
|
|
|
3341 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3342 }
|
|
|
3343 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3344 # endif
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 expand_T xpc;
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
3348 ExpandInit(&xpc);
|
|
|
3349 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
|
|
|
3350 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
|
|
|
3351 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
|
|
|
3352 ExpandCleanup(&xpc);
|
|
|
3353 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3354 }
|
|
|
3355
|
|
|
3356 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
|
|
|
3357 /*
|
|
|
3358 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
|
|
|
3359 * directories to search for the user account in.
|
|
|
3360 */
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3363 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
|
|
|
3364 struct stat st;
|
|
|
3365
|
|
|
3366 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
|
|
|
3367 next_path = paths;
|
|
|
3368 while (*next_path)
|
|
|
3369 {
|
|
|
3370 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
|
|
|
3371 next_path++);
|
|
|
3372 if (*next_path)
|
|
|
3373 *next_path++ = NUL;
|
|
|
3374 STRCPY(test, path);
|
|
|
3375 STRCAT(test, "/");
|
|
|
3376 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
|
|
|
3377 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
|
|
|
3378 {
|
|
|
3379 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
|
|
|
3380 STRCPY(var, test);
|
|
|
3381 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3382 break;
|
|
|
3383 }
|
|
|
3384 }
|
|
|
3385 }
|
|
|
3386 # endif /* UNIX */
|
|
|
3387 #else
|
|
|
3388 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
|
|
|
3389 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3390 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
|
|
|
3391 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */
|
|
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3395 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
|
|
|
3396 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
|
|
|
3397 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
|
|
|
3398 {
|
|
|
3399 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3404 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3405 var = p;
|
|
|
3406 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3407 forward_slash(var);
|
|
|
3408 }
|
|
|
3409 }
|
|
|
3410 #endif
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
|
|
|
3413 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
|
|
|
3414 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
|
|
|
3415 {
|
|
|
3416 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3419 {
|
|
|
3420 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3421 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3422 var = p;
|
|
|
3423 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3424 }
|
|
|
3425 }
|
|
|
3426
|
|
|
3427 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
|
|
|
3428 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
|
|
|
3429 {
|
|
|
3430 STRCPY(dst, var);
|
|
|
3431 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
|
3432 dst += STRLEN(var);
|
|
|
3433 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
|
|
|
3434 * with it, skip a character */
|
|
|
3435 if (*var != NUL && vim_ispathsep(dst[-1])
|
|
|
3436 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
3437 && dst[-1] != ':'
|
|
|
3438 #endif
|
|
|
3439 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3440 ++tail;
|
|
|
3441 src = tail;
|
|
|
3442 copy_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3443 }
|
|
|
3444 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3445 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3446 }
|
|
|
3447
|
|
|
3448 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 /*
|
|
|
3451 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
|
|
|
3452 */
|
|
|
3453 at_start = FALSE;
|
|
|
3454 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
3455 {
|
|
|
3456 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3457 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3458 }
|
|
|
3459 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
|
|
|
3460 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
|
3461 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3462 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3463 }
|
|
|
3464 }
|
|
|
3465 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3466 }
|
|
|
3467
|
|
|
3468 /*
|
|
|
3469 * Vim's version of getenv().
|
|
|
3470 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
|
|
|
3471 */
|
|
|
3472 char_u *
|
|
|
3473 vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
|
|
|
3474 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3475 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
|
3477 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3478 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3479 int vimruntime;
|
|
|
3480
|
|
|
3481 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3482 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
|
|
|
3483 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
|
|
|
3484 return homedir;
|
|
|
3485 #endif
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 p = mch_getenv(name);
|
|
|
3488 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3489 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3490
|
|
|
3491 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3492 return p;
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
|
|
|
3495 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
|
|
|
3496 return NULL;
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 /*
|
|
|
3499 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
|
|
|
3500 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
|
|
|
3501 */
|
|
|
3502 if (vimruntime
|
|
|
3503 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3504 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
|
|
|
3505 #endif
|
|
|
3506 )
|
|
|
3507 {
|
|
|
3508 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3509 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3510 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3511 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3512 {
|
|
|
3513 p = vim_version_dir(p);
|
|
|
3514 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3515 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3516 else
|
|
|
3517 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519 }
|
|
|
3520
|
|
|
3521 /*
|
|
|
3522 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
|
|
|
3523 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
|
|
|
3524 * - the executable name from argv[0]
|
|
|
3525 */
|
|
|
3526 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3527 {
|
|
|
3528 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
|
|
|
3529 p = p_hf;
|
|
|
3530 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3531 /*
|
|
|
3532 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
|
|
|
3533 */
|
|
|
3534 else
|
|
|
3535 p = exe_name;
|
|
|
3536 #endif
|
|
|
3537 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3538 {
|
|
|
3539 /* remove the file name */
|
|
|
3540 pend = gettail(p);
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
|
|
|
3543 if (p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3544 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3547 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3548 /* remove "build/..." from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3549 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3550 {
|
|
|
3551 char_u *pend1;
|
|
|
3552 char_u *pend2;
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"Contents/MacOS");
|
|
|
3555 pend2 = remove_tail_with_ext(p, pend1, (char_u *)".app");
|
|
|
3556 pend = remove_tail(p, pend2, (char_u *)"build");
|
|
|
3557 /* When runnig from project builder get rid of the
|
|
|
3558 * build/???.app, otherwise keep the ???.app */
|
|
|
3559 if (pend2 == pend)
|
|
|
3560 pend = pend1;
|
|
|
3561 }
|
|
|
3562 # endif
|
|
|
3563 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3564 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3565 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
|
|
|
3566 #endif
|
|
|
3567
|
|
|
3568 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
|
|
|
3569 if (!vimruntime)
|
|
|
3570 {
|
|
|
3571 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
|
|
|
3572 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
|
|
|
3573 }
|
|
|
3574
|
|
|
3575 /* remove trailing path separator */
|
|
|
3576 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
3577 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
|
|
|
3578 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
|
|
|
3579 if (pend > p && vim_ispathsep(*(pend - 1)))
|
|
|
3580 --pend;
|
|
|
3581 #endif
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 /* check that the result is a directory name */
|
|
|
3584 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3589 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3590 }
|
|
|
3591 else
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3594 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
|
|
|
3595 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3596 {
|
|
|
3597 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3598 p = pend;
|
|
|
3599 }
|
|
|
3600 #endif
|
|
|
3601 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3602 }
|
|
|
3603 }
|
|
|
3604 }
|
|
|
3605
|
|
|
3606 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3607 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
|
|
|
3608 * default_vimruntime_dir */
|
|
|
3609 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3610 {
|
|
|
3611 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
|
|
|
3612 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3613 {
|
|
|
3614 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
|
|
|
3615 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3616 }
|
|
|
3617 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3618 {
|
|
|
3619 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3620 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3621 else
|
|
|
3622 {
|
|
|
3623 p = default_vim_dir;
|
|
|
3624 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3625 }
|
|
|
3626 }
|
|
|
3627 }
|
|
|
3628 #endif
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 /*
|
|
|
3631 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
|
|
|
3632 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
|
|
|
3633 */
|
|
|
3634 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3635 {
|
|
|
3636 if (vimruntime)
|
|
|
3637 {
|
|
|
3638 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
|
|
|
3639 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
|
|
|
3640 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
|
|
|
3641 {
|
|
|
3642 char_u *buf = alloc((unsigned int)STRLEN(p) + 6);
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
3645 {
|
|
|
3646 STRCPY(buf, p);
|
|
|
3647 STRCAT(buf, "/lang");
|
|
|
3648 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
|
|
|
3649 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
3650 }
|
|
|
3651 }
|
|
|
3652 #endif
|
|
|
3653 }
|
|
|
3654 else
|
|
|
3655 {
|
|
|
3656 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
|
|
|
3657 didset_vim = TRUE;
|
|
|
3658 }
|
|
|
3659 }
|
|
|
3660 return p;
|
|
|
3661 }
|
|
|
3662
|
|
|
3663 /*
|
|
|
3664 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
|
|
|
3665 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
|
|
|
3666 */
|
|
|
3667 static char_u *
|
|
|
3668 vim_version_dir(vimdir)
|
|
|
3669 char_u *vimdir;
|
|
|
3670 {
|
|
|
3671 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3672
|
|
|
3673 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
|
|
|
3674 return NULL;
|
|
|
3675 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
|
|
|
3676 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3677 return p;
|
|
|
3678 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3679 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
|
|
|
3680 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3681 return p;
|
|
|
3682 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3683 return NULL;
|
|
|
3684 }
|
|
|
3685
|
|
|
3686 /*
|
|
|
3687 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
|
|
|
3688 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
3689 */
|
|
|
3690 static char_u *
|
|
|
3691 remove_tail(p, pend, name)
|
|
|
3692 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3693 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3694 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3695 {
|
|
|
3696 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
|
|
|
3697 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
3698
|
|
|
3699 if (newend >= p
|
|
|
3700 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
|
|
|
3701 && (newend == p || vim_ispathsep(*(newend - 1))))
|
|
|
3702 return newend;
|
|
|
3703 return pend;
|
|
|
3704 }
|
|
|
3705
|
|
|
3706 #if defined(USE_EXE_NAME) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3707 /*
|
|
|
3708 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "???.ext/", return "pend"
|
|
|
3709 * minus the length of "???.ext/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
3710 */
|
|
|
3711 static char_u *
|
|
|
3712 remove_tail_with_ext(p, pend, ext)
|
|
|
3713 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3714 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3715 char_u *ext;
|
|
|
3716 {
|
|
|
3717 int len = (int)STRLEN(ext) + 1;
|
|
|
3718 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 if (newend >= p && fnamencmp(newend, ext, len - 1) == 0)
|
|
|
3721 while (newend != p && !vim_ispathsep(*(newend - 1)))
|
|
|
3722 --newend;
|
|
|
3723 if (newend == p || vim_ispathsep(*(newend - 1)))
|
|
|
3724 return newend;
|
|
|
3725 return pend;
|
|
|
3726 }
|
|
|
3727 #endif
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 /*
|
|
|
3730 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
|
|
|
3731 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
|
|
|
3732 * again soon.
|
|
|
3733 */
|
|
|
3734 char_u *
|
|
|
3735 expand_env_save(src)
|
|
|
3736 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3737 {
|
|
|
3738 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3741 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3742 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3743 return p;
|
|
|
3744 }
|
|
|
3745
|
|
|
3746 /*
|
|
|
3747 * Our portable version of setenv.
|
|
|
3748 */
|
|
|
3749 void
|
|
|
3750 vim_setenv(name, val)
|
|
|
3751 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3752 char_u *val;
|
|
|
3753 {
|
|
|
3754 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV
|
|
|
3755 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
|
|
|
3756 #else
|
|
|
3757 char_u *envbuf;
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 /*
|
|
|
3760 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
|
|
|
3761 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
|
|
|
3762 */
|
|
|
3763 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
|
|
|
3764 if (envbuf != NULL)
|
|
|
3765 {
|
|
|
3766 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
|
|
|
3767 putenv((char *)envbuf);
|
|
|
3768 }
|
|
|
3769 #endif
|
|
|
3770 }
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3773 /*
|
|
|
3774 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
|
|
|
3775 */
|
|
|
3776 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3777 char_u *
|
|
|
3778 get_env_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
3779 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
3780 int idx;
|
|
|
3781 {
|
|
|
3782 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
|
|
|
3783 /*
|
|
|
3784 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
|
|
|
3785 */
|
|
|
3786 return NULL;
|
|
|
3787 # else
|
|
|
3788 # ifndef __WIN32__
|
|
|
3789 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
|
|
|
3790 extern char **environ;
|
|
|
3791 # endif
|
|
|
3792 static char_u name[100];
|
|
|
3793 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3794 int n;
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
|
|
|
3797 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
3798 return NULL;
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 for (n = 0; n < 99; ++n)
|
|
|
3801 {
|
|
|
3802 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
|
|
|
3803 break;
|
|
|
3804 name[n] = str[n];
|
|
|
3805 }
|
|
|
3806 name[n] = NUL;
|
|
|
3807 return name;
|
|
|
3808 # endif
|
|
|
3809 }
|
|
|
3810 #endif
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 /*
|
|
|
3813 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
|
|
|
3814 * 'src'.
|
|
|
3815 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
|
|
|
3816 */
|
|
|
3817 void
|
|
|
3818 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
|
|
|
3819 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
3820 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
3821 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3822 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3823 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
|
|
|
3824 spaces and commas in the file name. */
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
|
|
|
3827 size_t len;
|
|
|
3828 char_u *homedir_env;
|
|
|
3829 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3830
|
|
|
3831 if (src == NULL)
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
|
3833 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3834 return;
|
|
|
3835 }
|
|
|
3836
|
|
|
3837 /*
|
|
|
3838 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
|
|
|
3839 */
|
|
|
3840 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
|
|
|
3841 {
|
|
|
3842 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
|
|
|
3843 return;
|
|
|
3844 }
|
|
|
3845
|
|
|
3846 /*
|
|
|
3847 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
|
|
|
3848 * "real" home directory.
|
|
|
3849 */
|
|
|
3850 if (homedir != NULL)
|
|
|
3851 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3854 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3855 #else
|
|
|
3856 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3857 #endif
|
|
|
3858
|
|
|
3859 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
|
|
|
3860 homedir_env = NULL;
|
|
|
3861 if (homedir_env != NULL)
|
|
|
3862 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
|
3863
|
|
|
3864 if (!one)
|
|
|
3865 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
3866 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3867 {
|
|
|
3868 /*
|
|
|
3869 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
|
|
|
3870 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
|
|
|
3871 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
|
|
|
3872 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
|
|
|
3873 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
|
|
|
3874 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
|
|
|
3875 * er's home directory)).
|
|
|
3876 */
|
|
|
3877 p = homedir;
|
|
|
3878 len = dirlen;
|
|
|
3879 for (;;)
|
|
|
3880 {
|
|
|
3881 if ( len
|
|
|
3882 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
|
|
|
3883 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
|
|
|
3884 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
|
|
|
3885 || src[len] == NUL))
|
|
|
3886 {
|
|
|
3887 src += len;
|
|
|
3888 if (--dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3889 *dst++ = '~';
|
|
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 /*
|
|
|
3892 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
|
|
|
3893 */
|
|
|
3894 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3895 *dst++ = '/';
|
|
|
3896 break;
|
|
|
3897 }
|
|
|
3898 if (p == homedir_env)
|
|
|
3899 break;
|
|
|
3900 p = homedir_env;
|
|
|
3901 len = envlen;
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
|
|
|
3905 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3906 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3907 /* skip separator */
|
|
|
3908 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3909 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 /*
|
|
|
3917 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3918 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
|
|
|
3919 */
|
|
|
3920 char_u *
|
|
|
3921 home_replace_save(buf, src)
|
|
|
3922 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
3923 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
3924 {
|
|
|
3925 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
3926 unsigned len;
|
|
|
3927
|
|
|
3928 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
|
|
|
3929 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
3930 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
|
|
|
3931 dst = alloc(len);
|
|
|
3932 if (dst != NULL)
|
|
|
3933 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
|
|
|
3934 return dst;
|
|
|
3935 }
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 /*
|
|
|
3938 * Compare two file names and return:
|
|
|
3939 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
|
|
|
3940 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
|
|
|
3941 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
|
|
|
3942 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
|
|
|
3943 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
|
|
|
3944 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
|
|
|
3945 */
|
|
|
3946 int
|
|
|
3947 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
|
|
|
3948 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
3949 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
|
|
|
3950 {
|
|
|
3951 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3952 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3953 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3954 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3955 struct stat st1, st2;
|
|
|
3956 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3959 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
|
|
|
3960 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
|
|
|
3961 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
|
|
|
3962 {
|
|
|
3963 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
|
|
|
3964 if (checkname)
|
|
|
3965 {
|
|
|
3966 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
3967 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
3968 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3969 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3970 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
|
|
|
3971 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973 return FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
3974 }
|
|
|
3975 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
|
|
|
3976 return FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
3977 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
|
|
|
3978 return FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
3979 return FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
3980 #else
|
|
|
3981 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
|
|
|
3982 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
|
|
|
3983 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
|
|
|
3984 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
3985 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
3986
|
|
|
3987 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
|
|
|
3988 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3989 {
|
|
|
3990 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
3991 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
3992
|
|
|
3993 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3994 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3995 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3996
|
|
|
3997 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
3998 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
|
|
|
3999 {
|
|
|
4000 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4001 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4002 else
|
|
|
4003 retval = FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4006 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4007 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
|
|
|
4008 retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4009 else
|
|
|
4010 retval = FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4011 vim_free(exp1);
|
|
|
4012 }
|
|
|
4013 return retval;
|
|
|
4014 #endif
|
|
|
4015 }
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 /*
|
|
10
|
4018 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
|
|
|
4019 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
|
|
7
|
4020 */
|
|
|
4021 char_u *
|
|
|
4022 gettail(fname)
|
|
|
4023 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4024 {
|
|
|
4025 char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4028 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4029 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
|
|
|
4030 {
|
|
|
4031 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
|
|
|
4032 p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
|
4033 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4034 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4035 p2 += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p2);
|
|
|
4036 else
|
|
|
4037 #endif
|
|
|
4038 ++p2;
|
|
|
4039 }
|
|
|
4040 return p1;
|
|
|
4041 }
|
|
|
4042
|
|
|
4043 /*
|
|
|
4044 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
|
|
|
4045 */
|
|
|
4046 char_u *
|
|
|
4047 getnextcomp(fname)
|
|
|
4048 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4049 {
|
|
|
4050 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
|
|
|
4051 ++fname;
|
|
|
4052 if (*fname)
|
|
|
4053 ++fname;
|
|
|
4054 return fname;
|
|
|
4055 }
|
|
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) \
|
|
|
4058 || defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) \
|
|
11
|
4059 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)) \
|
|
7
|
4060 && (defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND))) \
|
|
|
4061 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \
|
|
|
4062 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4063 /*
|
|
|
4064 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
|
|
|
4065 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
|
|
|
4066 * If there is no head, path is returned.
|
|
|
4067 */
|
|
|
4068 char_u *
|
|
|
4069 get_past_head(path)
|
|
|
4070 char_u *path;
|
|
|
4071 {
|
|
|
4072 char_u *retval;
|
|
|
4073
|
|
|
4074 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
4075 /* may skip "c:" */
|
|
|
4076 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4077 retval = path + 2;
|
|
|
4078 else
|
|
|
4079 retval = path;
|
|
|
4080 #else
|
|
|
4081 # if defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
4082 /* may skip "label:" */
|
|
|
4083 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
|
|
|
4084 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
4085 retval = path;
|
|
|
4086 # else /* Unix */
|
|
|
4087 retval = path;
|
|
|
4088 # endif
|
|
|
4089 #endif
|
|
|
4090
|
|
|
4091 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
|
|
|
4092 ++retval;
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 return retval;
|
|
|
4095 }
|
|
|
4096 #endif
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 /*
|
|
|
4099 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
|
|
|
4100 */
|
|
|
4101 int
|
|
|
4102 vim_ispathsep(c)
|
|
|
4103 int c;
|
|
|
4104 {
|
|
|
4105 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
4106 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
|
|
|
4107 #else
|
|
|
4108 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4109 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
|
|
|
4110 # else
|
|
|
4111 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4112 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
|
|
|
4113 # else
|
|
|
4114 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4115 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
|
|
|
4116 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
|
|
|
4117 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
|
|
|
4118 # else
|
|
|
4119 # ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
4120 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4121 # else /* Amiga */
|
|
|
4122 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
|
|
|
4123 # endif
|
|
|
4124 # endif /* VMS */
|
|
|
4125 # endif
|
|
|
4126 # endif
|
|
|
4127 #endif /* RISC OS */
|
|
|
4128 }
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4131 /*
|
|
|
4132 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
|
|
|
4133 */
|
|
|
4134 int
|
|
|
4135 vim_ispathlistsep(c)
|
|
|
4136 int c;
|
|
|
4137 {
|
|
|
4138 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4139 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4140 #else
|
|
|
4141 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
|
|
|
4142 #endif
|
|
|
4143 }
|
|
|
4144 #endif
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
|
|
|
4147 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4148 /*
|
|
|
4149 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
|
|
|
4150 */
|
|
|
4151 int
|
|
|
4152 vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
|
|
|
4153 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4154 {
|
|
|
4155 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4156 }
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 int
|
|
|
4159 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
|
|
|
4160 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4161 size_t len;
|
|
|
4162 {
|
|
|
4163 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
|
|
|
4164 {
|
|
|
4165 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
|
|
|
4166 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
|
|
|
4167 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
|
|
|
4168 break;
|
|
|
4169 ++x;
|
|
|
4170 ++y;
|
|
|
4171 --len;
|
|
|
4172 }
|
|
|
4173 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
4174 return 0;
|
|
|
4175 return (*x - *y);
|
|
|
4176 }
|
|
|
4177 #endif
|
|
|
4178
|
|
|
4179 /*
|
|
|
4180 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
|
|
|
4181 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
|
|
|
4182 */
|
|
|
4183 char_u *
|
|
|
4184 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
|
|
|
4185 char_u *fname1;
|
|
|
4186 char_u *fname2;
|
|
|
4187 int sep;
|
|
|
4188 {
|
|
|
4189 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
|
|
|
4192 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4193 {
|
|
|
4194 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
|
|
|
4195 if (sep)
|
|
|
4196 add_pathsep(dest);
|
|
|
4197 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
|
|
|
4198 }
|
|
|
4199 return dest;
|
|
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201
|
|
|
4202 /*
|
|
|
4203 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
|
|
|
4204 * separator.
|
|
|
4205 */
|
|
|
4206 void
|
|
|
4207 add_pathsep(p)
|
|
|
4208 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4209 {
|
|
|
4210 if (*p != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*(p + STRLEN(p) - 1)))
|
|
|
4211 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4212 }
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 /*
|
|
|
4215 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
|
|
|
4216 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4217 */
|
|
|
4218 char_u *
|
|
|
4219 FullName_save(fname, force)
|
|
|
4220 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4221 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
|
|
|
4222 like a full path name */
|
|
|
4223 {
|
|
|
4224 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4225 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4228 return NULL;
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4231 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4232 {
|
|
|
4233 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
|
|
|
4234 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
4235 else
|
|
|
4236 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
|
4237 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239 return new_fname;
|
|
|
4240 }
|
|
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 /*
|
|
|
4247 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
|
|
|
4248 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
|
4249 */
|
|
|
4250 pos_T *
|
|
|
4251 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4252 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4253 {
|
|
|
4254 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
4255 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4256 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 if ((pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, ind_maxcomment)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4259 return NULL;
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 /*
|
|
|
4262 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
|
|
|
4263 */
|
|
|
4264 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
4265 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
|
4266 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
4267 if ((unsigned)(p - line) > pos->col)
|
|
|
4268 return NULL;
|
|
|
4269 return pos;
|
|
|
4270 }
|
|
|
4271
|
|
|
4272 /*
|
|
|
4273 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
|
|
|
4274 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
|
|
|
4275 */
|
|
|
4276 static char_u *
|
|
|
4277 skip_string(p)
|
|
|
4278 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4279 {
|
|
|
4280 int i;
|
|
|
4281
|
|
|
4282 /*
|
|
|
4283 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
|
|
|
4284 */
|
|
|
4285 for ( ; ; ++p)
|
|
|
4286 {
|
|
|
4287 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4288 {
|
|
|
4289 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
|
|
|
4290 break;
|
|
|
4291 i = 2;
|
|
|
4292 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4293 {
|
|
|
4294 ++i;
|
|
|
4295 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
|
|
|
4296 ++i;
|
|
|
4297 }
|
|
|
4298 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
|
|
|
4299 {
|
|
|
4300 p += i;
|
|
|
4301 continue;
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303 }
|
|
|
4304 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
|
|
|
4305 {
|
|
|
4306 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
|
|
|
4307 {
|
|
|
4308 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4309 ++p;
|
|
|
4310 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
|
|
|
4311 break;
|
|
|
4312 }
|
|
|
4313 if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
|
4314 continue;
|
|
|
4315 }
|
|
|
4316 break; /* no string found */
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318 if (!*p)
|
|
|
4319 --p; /* backup from NUL */
|
|
|
4320 return p;
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4325
|
|
|
4326 /*
|
|
|
4327 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
|
|
|
4328 */
|
|
|
4329 void
|
|
|
4330 do_c_expr_indent()
|
|
|
4331 {
|
|
|
4332 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
4333 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
4334 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
|
|
|
4335 else
|
|
|
4336 # endif
|
|
|
4337 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
|
|
|
4338 }
|
|
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 /*
|
|
|
4341 * Functions for C-indenting.
|
|
|
4342 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
|
|
|
4343 */
|
|
|
4344 /*
|
|
|
4345 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
|
|
|
4346 */
|
|
|
4347
|
|
|
4348 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4349 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4350 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4351 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
|
|
|
4352 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4353 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
|
|
|
4354 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4355 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4356 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4357 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4358 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4359 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
|
|
|
4360 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4361 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4362 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
4363 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4364 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
|
|
|
4365 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4366 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4367 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4368 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
|
|
|
4369 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4370 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
|
|
|
4371 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
4372 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
|
|
|
4373 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
4374 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
|
|
|
4375 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
|
|
|
4376 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
|
|
|
4377 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 /*
|
|
|
4380 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
|
|
|
4381 */
|
|
|
4382 static char_u *
|
|
|
4383 cin_skipcomment(s)
|
|
|
4384 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4385 {
|
|
|
4386 while (*s)
|
|
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
4389 if (*s != '/')
|
|
|
4390 break;
|
|
|
4391 ++s;
|
|
|
4392 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
|
|
|
4393 {
|
|
|
4394 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4395 break;
|
|
|
4396 }
|
|
|
4397 if (*s != '*')
|
|
|
4398 break;
|
|
|
4399 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
|
|
|
4400 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
|
|
|
4401 {
|
|
|
4402 s += 2;
|
|
|
4403 break;
|
|
|
4404 }
|
|
|
4405 }
|
|
|
4406 return s;
|
|
|
4407 }
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 /*
|
|
|
4410 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
|
|
|
4411 * not considered code.
|
|
|
4412 */
|
|
|
4413 static int
|
|
|
4414 cin_nocode(s)
|
|
|
4415 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4416 {
|
|
|
4417 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
|
|
|
4418 }
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 /*
|
|
|
4421 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
|
|
|
4422 */
|
|
|
4423 static pos_T *
|
|
|
4424 find_line_comment() /* XXX */
|
|
|
4425 {
|
|
|
4426 static pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4427 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4428 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4431 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
|
|
|
4432 {
|
|
|
4433 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
|
|
|
4434 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4435 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
|
|
|
4436 {
|
|
|
4437 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
4438 return &pos;
|
|
|
4439 }
|
|
|
4440 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
4441 break;
|
|
|
4442 }
|
|
|
4443 return NULL;
|
|
|
4444 }
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 /*
|
|
|
4447 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
|
|
|
4448 */
|
|
|
4449 static int
|
|
|
4450 cin_islabel_skip(s)
|
|
|
4451 char_u **s;
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
|
4453 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
|
4454 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
|
|
|
4457 (*s)++;
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
|
|
|
4460
|
|
|
4461 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
|
4462 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
|
|
|
4463 }
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 /*
|
|
|
4466 * Recognize a label: "label:".
|
|
|
4467 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
|
|
|
4468 */
|
|
|
4469 int
|
|
|
4470 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4471 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4472 {
|
|
|
4473 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4476
|
|
|
4477 /*
|
|
|
4478 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
|
|
|
4479 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
|
|
|
4480 */
|
|
|
4481 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4482 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4483 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
|
|
|
4484 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
|
|
|
4487 {
|
|
|
4488 /*
|
|
|
4489 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
|
|
|
4490 * label.
|
|
|
4491 */
|
|
|
4492 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4493 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
4494 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4497 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
4498 {
|
|
|
4499 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4500
|
|
|
4501 /*
|
|
|
4502 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
4503 */
|
|
|
4504 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4505 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4506 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
4507
|
|
|
4508 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4509 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
4510 continue;
|
|
|
4511 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
|
|
|
4512 continue;
|
|
|
4513
|
|
|
4514 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4515 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
|
|
|
4516 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
|
|
|
4517 || cin_iscase(line)
|
|
|
4518 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
|
|
|
4519 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4520 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4521 }
|
|
|
4522 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4523 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
|
|
|
4524 }
|
|
|
4525 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 /*
|
|
|
4529 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
|
|
|
4530 * Q&D-Implementation:
|
|
|
4531 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
|
|
|
4532 */
|
|
|
4533 static int
|
|
|
4534 cin_isinit(void)
|
|
|
4535 {
|
|
|
4536 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
|
|
|
4541 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
|
|
|
4542
|
|
|
4543 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4544 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
|
|
|
4547 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4550 }
|
|
|
4551
|
|
|
4552 /*
|
|
|
4553 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
|
|
|
4554 */
|
|
|
4555 int
|
|
|
4556 cin_iscase(s)
|
|
|
4557 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4558 {
|
|
|
4559 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4560 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4561 {
|
|
|
4562 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4565 if (*s == ':')
|
|
|
4566 {
|
|
|
4567 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
4568 ++s;
|
|
|
4569 else
|
|
|
4570 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4571 }
|
|
|
4572 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
4573 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
|
|
|
4574 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
|
|
|
4575 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
|
|
|
4576 else if (*s == '"')
|
|
|
4577 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4580 }
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4583 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4584 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /*
|
|
|
4588 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
|
|
|
4589 */
|
|
|
4590 static int
|
|
|
4591 cin_isdefault(s)
|
|
|
4592 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4593 {
|
|
|
4594 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
|
|
|
4595 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
|
|
|
4596 && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 /*
|
|
|
4600 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
|
|
|
4601 */
|
|
|
4602 int
|
|
|
4603 cin_isscopedecl(s)
|
|
|
4604 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4605 {
|
|
|
4606 int i;
|
|
|
4607
|
|
|
4608 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4609 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
4610 i = 6;
|
|
|
4611 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
4612 i = 9;
|
|
|
4613 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
4614 i = 7;
|
|
|
4615 else
|
|
|
4616 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4617 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
4618 }
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 /*
|
|
|
4621 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
|
|
|
4622 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
|
4623 * case 234: a = b;
|
|
|
4624 * ^
|
|
|
4625 */
|
|
|
4626 static char_u *
|
|
|
4627 after_label(l)
|
|
|
4628 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4629 {
|
|
|
4630 for ( ; *l; ++l)
|
|
|
4631 {
|
|
|
4632 if (*l == ':')
|
|
|
4633 {
|
|
|
4634 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
4635 ++l;
|
|
|
4636 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
|
|
|
4637 break;
|
|
|
4638 }
|
|
|
4639 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
4640 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
4643 return NULL;
|
|
|
4644 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
|
|
|
4645 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
4646 return NULL;
|
|
|
4647 return l;
|
|
|
4648 }
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 /*
|
|
|
4651 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
|
|
|
4652 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
|
|
|
4653 */
|
|
|
4654 static int
|
|
|
4655 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4656 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4657 {
|
|
|
4658 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4659 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
4660 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4661 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 l = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
4664 p = after_label(l);
|
|
|
4665 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4666 return 0;
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
|
|
|
4669 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4670 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4671 return (int)col;
|
|
|
4672 }
|
|
|
4673
|
|
|
4674 /*
|
|
|
4675 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
|
|
|
4676 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label).
|
|
|
4677 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
|
|
|
4678 * ^
|
|
|
4679 */
|
|
|
4680 static int
|
|
|
4681 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
4682 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4683 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
4684 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4685 {
|
|
|
4686 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4687 int amount;
|
|
|
4688 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4691 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4692 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4693 /* XXX */
|
|
|
4694 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
4695 {
|
|
|
4696 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
|
|
|
4697 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4698 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4699 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4700 }
|
|
|
4701 else
|
|
|
4702 {
|
|
|
4703 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
4704 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4705 }
|
|
|
4706 *pp = l;
|
|
|
4707
|
|
|
4708 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4709 return amount;
|
|
|
4710 }
|
|
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 /*
|
|
|
4713 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
|
|
|
4714 * int a, indent of "a"
|
|
|
4715 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
|
|
|
4716 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
|
|
|
4717 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
|
|
|
4718 */
|
|
|
4719 static int
|
|
|
4720 cin_first_id_amount()
|
|
|
4721 {
|
|
|
4722 char_u *line, *p, *s;
|
|
|
4723 int len;
|
|
|
4724 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
4725 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4728 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4729 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
|
|
|
4730 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
4731 {
|
|
|
4732 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
4733 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
|
|
|
4734 }
|
|
|
4735 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
4736 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
4737 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
4738 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
4739 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
4740 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
|
|
|
4741 {
|
|
|
4742 s = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
4743 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
|
|
|
4744 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
|
|
|
4745 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
|
|
|
4746 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
|
|
|
4747 p = s;
|
|
|
4748 }
|
|
|
4749 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
|
|
|
4750 ;
|
|
|
4751 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
|
|
|
4752 return 0;
|
|
|
4753
|
|
|
4754 p = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
4755 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4756 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
|
4757 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4758 return (int)col;
|
|
|
4759 }
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 /*
|
|
|
4762 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
|
|
|
4763 * char *foo = "here";
|
|
|
4764 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
|
|
|
4765 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
|
|
|
4766 * foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
4767 * asdf\
|
|
|
4768 * here";
|
|
|
4769 */
|
|
|
4770 static int
|
|
|
4771 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
|
|
|
4772 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4773 {
|
|
|
4774 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4775 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4776 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4777 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
4778
|
|
|
4779 if (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
4782 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
4783 return -1;
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785
|
|
|
4786 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
4787 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
|
|
|
4788 {
|
|
|
4789 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
4790 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4791 else
|
|
|
4792 ++s;
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794 if (*s != '=')
|
|
|
4795 return 0;
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
|
|
|
4798 if (cin_nocode(s))
|
|
|
4799 return 0;
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
|
|
|
4802 ++s;
|
|
|
4803
|
|
|
4804 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4805 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
4806 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4807 return (int)col;
|
|
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 /*
|
|
|
4811 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
|
|
|
4812 */
|
|
|
4813 static int
|
|
|
4814 cin_ispreproc(s)
|
|
|
4815 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4816 {
|
|
|
4817 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
4818 if (*s == '#')
|
|
|
4819 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4820 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4821 }
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 /*
|
|
|
4824 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
|
|
|
4825 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
|
|
|
4826 * start and return the line in "*pp".
|
|
|
4827 */
|
|
|
4828 static int
|
|
|
4829 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
|
|
|
4830 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
4831 linenr_T *lnump;
|
|
|
4832 {
|
|
|
4833 char_u *line = *pp;
|
|
|
4834 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
|
|
|
4835 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 while (1)
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
|
4839 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
|
|
|
4840 {
|
|
|
4841 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
4842 *lnump = lnum;
|
|
|
4843 break;
|
|
|
4844 }
|
|
|
4845 if (lnum == 1)
|
|
|
4846 break;
|
|
|
4847 line = ml_get(--lnum);
|
|
|
4848 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
4849 break;
|
|
|
4850 }
|
|
|
4851
|
|
|
4852 if (lnum != *lnump)
|
|
|
4853 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
|
|
|
4854 return retval;
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 /*
|
|
|
4858 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
|
|
|
4859 */
|
|
|
4860 static int
|
|
|
4861 cin_iscomment(p)
|
|
|
4862 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4863 {
|
|
|
4864 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
|
|
|
4865 }
|
|
|
4866
|
|
|
4867 /*
|
|
|
4868 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
|
|
|
4869 */
|
|
|
4870 static int
|
|
|
4871 cin_islinecomment(p)
|
|
|
4872 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4873 {
|
|
|
4874 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
|
|
|
4875 }
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 /*
|
|
|
4878 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
|
|
|
4879 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
|
|
|
4880 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
|
|
|
4881 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
|
|
|
4882 */
|
|
|
4883 static int
|
|
|
4884 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
|
|
|
4885 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4886 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
|
|
|
4887 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
|
|
|
4888 {
|
|
|
4889 char_u found_start = 0;
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4892
|
|
|
4893 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
|
|
|
4894 found_start = *s;
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 while (*s)
|
|
|
4897 {
|
|
|
4898 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
|
|
|
4899 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
|
|
|
4900 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
|
|
|
4901 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
|
|
|
4902 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
4903 return *s;
|
|
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 if (*s)
|
|
|
4906 s++;
|
|
|
4907 }
|
|
|
4908 return found_start;
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 /*
|
|
|
4912 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
|
|
|
4913 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
|
|
|
4914 * no semicolons anywhere.
|
|
|
4915 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
|
|
|
4916 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
|
|
|
4917 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
|
|
|
4918 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
|
|
|
4919 */
|
|
|
4920 static int
|
|
|
4921 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
|
|
|
4922 char_u **sp;
|
|
|
4923 linenr_T first_lnum;
|
|
|
4924 {
|
|
|
4925 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4926 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
|
|
|
4927 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
4930 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
4931 else
|
|
|
4932 s = *sp;
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
4935 {
|
|
|
4936 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
4937 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4938 else
|
|
|
4939 ++s;
|
|
|
4940 }
|
|
|
4941 if (*s != '(')
|
|
|
4942 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
4945 {
|
|
|
4946 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
|
|
|
4949 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
|
|
|
4950 * #if defined(x) && \
|
|
|
4951 * defined(y)
|
|
|
4952 */
|
|
|
4953 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
|
|
|
4954 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
4955 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
4956 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
4957 goto done;
|
|
|
4958 }
|
|
|
4959 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
4960 {
|
|
|
4961 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
|
|
|
4962 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4963 break;
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 s = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
4966 }
|
|
|
4967 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
4968 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4969 else
|
|
|
4970 ++s;
|
|
|
4971 }
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973 done:
|
|
|
4974 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
|
|
|
4975 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 return retval;
|
|
|
4978 }
|
|
|
4979
|
|
|
4980 static int
|
|
|
4981 cin_isif(p)
|
|
|
4982 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4983 {
|
|
|
4984 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
4985 }
|
|
|
4986
|
|
|
4987 static int
|
|
|
4988 cin_iselse(p)
|
|
|
4989 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4990 {
|
|
|
4991 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
|
|
|
4992 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
4993 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
|
|
|
4994 }
|
|
|
4995
|
|
|
4996 static int
|
|
|
4997 cin_isdo(p)
|
|
|
4998 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5001 }
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 /*
|
|
|
5004 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
|
|
|
5005 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
|
|
|
5006 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
|
|
|
5007 */
|
|
|
5008 static int
|
|
|
5009 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5010 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5011 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5012 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5013 {
|
|
|
5014 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5015 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5016 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5017
|
|
|
5018 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5019 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5020 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5021 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
|
|
|
5022 {
|
|
|
5023 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5024 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5025 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5026 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5027 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
|
|
|
5028 {
|
|
|
5029 ++p;
|
|
|
5030 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5031 }
|
|
|
5032 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
|
5033 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
|
|
|
5034 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5035 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5036 }
|
|
|
5037 return retval;
|
|
|
5038 }
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 static int
|
|
|
5041 cin_isbreak(p)
|
|
|
5042 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5043 {
|
|
|
5044 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
|
|
|
5045 }
|
|
|
5046
|
|
|
5047 /* Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
|
|
|
5048 * constructor-initialization. eg:
|
|
|
5049 *
|
|
|
5050 * class MyClass :
|
|
|
5051 * baseClass <-- here
|
|
|
5052 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
|
|
|
5053 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
|
|
|
5054 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
|
|
|
5055 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
|
|
|
5056 */
|
|
|
5057 static int
|
|
|
5058 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
|
|
|
5059 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5060 colnr_T *col;
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5063 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
|
|
|
5068 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5069 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 while(*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5074 {
|
|
|
5075 if (s[0] == ':')
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 if (s[1] == ':')
|
|
|
5078 {
|
|
|
5079 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
|
|
|
5080 * initialization any more */
|
|
|
5081 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5082 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
|
|
|
5085 {
|
|
|
5086 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
|
|
|
5087 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
|
|
|
5088 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
|
|
|
5089 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5090 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5091 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093 else
|
|
|
5094 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5097 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
|
|
|
5098 {
|
|
|
5099 class_or_struct = TRUE;
|
|
|
5100 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5101
|
|
|
5102 if (*s == 'c')
|
|
|
5103 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
|
|
|
5104 else
|
|
|
5105 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
|
|
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107 else
|
|
|
5108 {
|
|
|
5109 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
|
|
|
5110 {
|
|
|
5111 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5112 }
|
|
|
5113 else if (s[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5114 {
|
|
|
5115 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
|
|
|
5116 * something like "):" */
|
|
|
5117 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5118 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5119 }
|
|
|
5120 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
|
|
|
5121 {
|
|
|
5122 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
|
|
|
5123 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5124 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5125 }
|
|
|
5126 else if (*col == 0)
|
|
|
5127 {
|
|
|
5128 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
|
|
|
5129 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
|
|
|
5132 if (cpp_base_class && *col == 0)
|
|
|
5133 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5137 }
|
|
|
5138 }
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 return cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 /*
|
|
|
5144 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
|
|
|
5145 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
|
|
|
5146 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
|
|
|
5147 */
|
|
|
5148 static int
|
|
|
5149 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
|
|
|
5150 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5151 char_u *find;
|
|
|
5152 char_u *ignore;
|
|
|
5153 {
|
|
|
5154 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
5155 char_u *r;
|
|
|
5156 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5159 {
|
|
|
5160 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5161 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
|
|
|
5162 {
|
|
|
5163 r = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5164 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
|
|
|
5165 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
|
|
|
5166 if (cin_nocode(r))
|
|
|
5167 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5168 }
|
|
|
5169 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5170 ++p;
|
|
|
5171 }
|
|
|
5172 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5173 }
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 /*
|
|
|
5176 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
|
|
|
5177 * Return the column found.
|
|
|
5178 */
|
|
|
5179 static int
|
|
|
5180 cin_skip2pos(trypos)
|
|
|
5181 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5184 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5185
|
|
|
5186 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5187 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
|
|
|
5188 {
|
|
|
5189 if (cin_iscomment(p))
|
|
|
5190 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5191 else
|
|
|
5192 {
|
|
|
5193 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
5194 ++p;
|
|
|
5195 }
|
|
|
5196 }
|
|
|
5197 return (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
5198 }
|
|
|
5199
|
|
|
5200 /*
|
|
|
5201 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
|
|
|
5202 * Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
|
5203 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
|
|
|
5204 * work. */
|
|
|
5205 /* foo() */
|
|
|
5206 /* { */
|
|
|
5207 /* } */
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5210 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5211 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5212 {
|
|
|
5213 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5214 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5215 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
5216 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5219 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5220 {
|
|
|
5221 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5222 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5223 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5224 pos = NULL;
|
|
|
5225 /* ignore the { if it's in a // comment */
|
|
|
5226 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
|
|
|
5227 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5228 break;
|
|
|
5229 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
|
5230 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
5231 }
|
|
|
5232 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5233 return trypos;
|
|
|
5234 }
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 /*
|
|
|
5237 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
|
|
|
5238 * Return NULL of no match found.
|
|
|
5239 */
|
|
|
5240 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5241 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5242 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5243 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5244 {
|
|
|
5245 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5246 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5247 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5250 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5251 {
|
|
|
5252 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
|
|
|
5253 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
|
|
|
5254 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5255 else
|
|
|
5256 {
|
|
|
5257 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5258 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5259 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5260 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5261 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263 }
|
|
|
5264 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5265 return trypos;
|
|
|
5266 }
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 /*
|
|
|
5269 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
|
|
|
5270 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
|
|
|
5271 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
|
|
|
5272 * looking a few lines further.
|
|
|
5273 */
|
|
|
5274 static int
|
|
|
5275 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
|
|
|
5276 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5277 pos_T *startpos;
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5280
|
|
|
5281 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
|
|
|
5282 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
|
|
|
5283 return ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 /*
|
|
|
5287 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
|
|
|
5288 * line "l".
|
|
|
5289 */
|
|
|
5290 static int
|
|
|
5291 find_last_paren(l, start, end)
|
|
|
5292 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5293 int start, end;
|
|
|
5294 {
|
|
|
5295 int i;
|
|
|
5296 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5297 int open_count = 0;
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5302 {
|
|
|
5303 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
|
|
|
5304 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
|
|
|
5305 if (l[i] == start)
|
|
|
5306 ++open_count;
|
|
|
5307 else if (l[i] == end)
|
|
|
5308 {
|
|
|
5309 if (open_count > 0)
|
|
|
5310 --open_count;
|
|
|
5311 else
|
|
|
5312 {
|
|
|
5313 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5314 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5315 }
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
|
5317 }
|
|
|
5318 return retval;
|
|
|
5319 }
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321 int
|
|
|
5322 get_c_indent()
|
|
|
5323 {
|
|
|
5324 /*
|
|
|
5325 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
|
|
|
5326 * block should be
|
|
|
5327 */
|
|
|
5328 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 /*
|
|
|
5331 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
|
|
|
5332 * line is imagined to be.
|
|
|
5333 */
|
|
|
5334 int ind_open_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 /*
|
|
|
5337 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
|
|
|
5338 * an opening brace.
|
|
|
5339 */
|
|
|
5340 int ind_no_brace = 0;
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 /*
|
|
|
5343 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
|
|
|
5344 */
|
|
|
5345 int ind_first_open = 0;
|
|
|
5346
|
|
|
5347 /*
|
|
|
5348 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
|
|
|
5349 * located
|
|
|
5350 */
|
|
|
5351 int ind_open_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 /*
|
|
|
5354 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
|
|
|
5355 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
|
|
|
5356 * brace should be located
|
|
|
5357 */
|
|
|
5358 int ind_close_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 /*
|
|
|
5361 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
|
|
|
5362 * column is imagined to be
|
|
|
5363 */
|
|
|
5364 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 /*
|
|
|
5367 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
|
|
|
5368 */
|
|
|
5369 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5370
|
|
|
5371 /*
|
|
|
5372 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
|
|
|
5373 */
|
|
|
5374 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5375
|
|
|
5376 /*
|
|
|
5377 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
|
|
|
5378 */
|
|
|
5379 int ind_case_break = 0;
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 /*
|
|
|
5382 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
|
|
|
5383 * should be located
|
|
|
5384 */
|
|
|
5385 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 /*
|
|
|
5388 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
|
|
|
5389 */
|
|
|
5390 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 /*
|
|
|
5393 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
|
|
|
5394 */
|
|
|
5395 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 /*
|
|
|
5398 * amount a function type spec should be indented
|
|
|
5399 */
|
|
|
5400 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 /*
|
|
|
5403 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
|
|
|
5404 * should be indented
|
|
|
5405 */
|
|
|
5406 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 /*
|
|
|
5409 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
|
|
|
5410 * should be located
|
|
|
5411 */
|
|
|
5412 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 /*
|
|
|
5415 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
|
|
|
5416 */
|
|
|
5417 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
|
|
|
5418
|
|
|
5419 /*
|
|
|
5420 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
|
|
|
5421 * itself is also unclosed
|
|
|
5422 */
|
|
|
5423 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 /*
|
|
|
5426 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
|
|
|
5427 * unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5428 */
|
|
|
5429 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 /*
|
|
|
5432 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
|
|
|
5433 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
|
|
|
5434 * context (for very long lines).
|
|
|
5435 */
|
|
|
5436 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
|
|
|
5437
|
|
|
5438 /*
|
|
|
5439 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
|
|
|
5440 * an unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5441 */
|
|
|
5442 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 /*
|
|
|
5445 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
|
|
|
5446 * opening parentheses.
|
|
|
5447 */
|
|
|
5448 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 /*
|
|
|
5451 * Extra indent for comments.
|
|
|
5452 */
|
|
|
5453 int ind_comment = 0;
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 /*
|
|
|
5456 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
|
|
|
5457 */
|
|
|
5458 int ind_in_comment = 3;
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 /*
|
|
|
5461 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
|
|
|
5462 * after the comment opener.
|
|
|
5463 */
|
|
|
5464 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
|
|
|
5465
|
|
|
5466 /*
|
|
|
5467 * max lines to search for an open paren
|
|
|
5468 */
|
|
|
5469 int ind_maxparen = 20;
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 /*
|
|
|
5472 * max lines to search for an open comment
|
|
|
5473 */
|
|
|
5474 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
|
|
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 /*
|
|
|
5477 * handle braces for java code
|
|
|
5478 */
|
|
|
5479 int ind_java = 0;
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 /*
|
|
|
5482 * handle blocked cases correctly
|
|
|
5483 */
|
|
|
5484 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 pos_T cur_curpos;
|
|
|
5487 int amount;
|
|
|
5488 int scope_amount;
|
|
|
5489 int cur_amount;
|
|
|
5490 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5491 char_u *theline;
|
|
|
5492 char_u *linecopy;
|
|
|
5493 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5494 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
5495 pos_T our_paren_pos;
|
|
|
5496 char_u *start;
|
|
|
5497 int start_brace;
|
|
|
5498 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
|
|
|
5499 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
|
|
|
5500 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
5501 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
5502 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5503 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5504 char_u terminated;
|
|
|
5505 int lookfor;
|
|
|
5506 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
|
|
|
5507 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1
|
|
|
5508 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2
|
|
|
5509 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
|
|
|
5510 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
|
|
|
5511 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
|
|
|
5512 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
|
|
|
5513 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
|
|
|
5514 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
|
|
|
5515 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
|
|
|
5516 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
5519 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5520 char_u *options;
|
|
|
5521 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
5522 int divider;
|
|
|
5523 int n;
|
|
|
5524 int iscase;
|
|
|
5525 int lookfor_break;
|
|
|
5526 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
|
|
|
5529 {
|
|
|
5530 l = options++;
|
|
|
5531 if (*options == '-')
|
|
|
5532 ++options;
|
|
|
5533 n = getdigits(&options);
|
|
|
5534 divider = 0;
|
|
|
5535 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
|
|
|
5538 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
|
|
|
5539 {
|
|
|
5540 ++options;
|
|
|
5541 if (divider)
|
|
|
5542 divider *= 10;
|
|
|
5543 else
|
|
|
5544 divider = 10;
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546 }
|
|
|
5547 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
5548 {
|
|
|
5549 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
|
|
|
5550 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
5551 else
|
|
|
5552 {
|
|
|
5553 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5554 if (divider)
|
|
|
5555 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557 ++options;
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559 if (l[1] == '-')
|
|
|
5560 n = -n;
|
|
|
5561 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
|
|
|
5562 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
|
|
|
5563 switch (*l)
|
|
|
5564 {
|
|
|
5565 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
|
|
|
5566 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
5567 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
|
|
|
5568 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
|
|
|
5569 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
5570 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
5571 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
5572 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
|
|
|
5573 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
|
|
|
5574 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
|
|
|
5575 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
|
|
|
5576 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
|
|
|
5577 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
5578 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
5579 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
|
|
|
5580 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
|
|
|
5581 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
|
|
|
5582 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
|
|
|
5583 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
|
|
|
5584 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
|
|
|
5585 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
|
|
|
5586 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
|
|
|
5587 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
|
|
|
5588 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
|
|
|
5589 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
|
|
|
5590 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
|
|
|
5591 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
|
|
|
5592 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
|
|
|
5593 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 }
|
|
|
5596
|
|
|
5597 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
|
|
|
5598 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
|
|
|
5601 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
|
|
|
5602 * ml_get is valid! */
|
|
|
5603 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
|
|
|
5604 if (linecopy == NULL)
|
|
|
5605 return 0;
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 /*
|
|
|
5608 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
|
|
|
5609 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
|
|
|
5610 * inserting new stuff.
|
|
|
5611 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
|
|
|
5612 * check for that.
|
|
|
5613 */
|
|
|
5614 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
5615 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
|
|
|
5616 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
|
|
|
5617 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 /*
|
|
|
5626 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
5627 */
|
|
|
5628 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
|
|
|
5629 {
|
|
|
5630 amount = 0;
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /*
|
|
|
5634 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
|
|
|
5635 */
|
|
|
5636 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5637 {
|
|
|
5638 amount = 0;
|
|
|
5639 }
|
|
|
5640
|
|
|
5641 /*
|
|
|
5642 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
|
|
|
5643 * previous line, lineup with that one.
|
|
|
5644 */
|
|
|
5645 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
|
|
|
5646 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
5649 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5650 amount = col;
|
|
|
5651 }
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 /*
|
|
|
5654 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
|
|
|
5655 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
|
|
|
5656 */
|
|
|
5657 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
|
|
|
5658 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 int lead_start_len = 2;
|
|
|
5661 int lead_middle_len = 1;
|
|
|
5662 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
|
|
|
5663 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5664 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5665 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5666 int start_align = 0;
|
|
|
5667 int start_off = 0;
|
|
|
5668 int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
5671 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5672 amount = col;
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
5675 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5676 {
|
|
|
5677 int align = 0;
|
|
|
5678 int off = 0;
|
|
|
5679 int what = 0;
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
|
|
|
5682 {
|
|
|
5683 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
5684 what = *p++;
|
|
|
5685 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
5686 align = *p++;
|
|
|
5687 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
5688 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
5689 else
|
|
|
5690 ++p;
|
|
|
5691 }
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
5694 ++p;
|
|
|
5695 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5696 if (what == COM_START)
|
|
|
5697 {
|
|
|
5698 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
|
|
|
5699 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
|
|
|
5700 start_off = off;
|
|
|
5701 start_align = align;
|
|
|
5702 }
|
|
|
5703 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
5704 {
|
|
|
5705 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
|
|
|
5706 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
5707 }
|
|
|
5708 else if (what == COM_END)
|
|
|
5709 {
|
|
|
5710 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
|
|
|
5711 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
|
|
|
5712 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
|
|
|
5713 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
5716 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5717 {
|
|
|
5718 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
5719 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
|
|
|
5720 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
5721 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
|
|
|
5722 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
|
|
|
5723 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
|
|
|
5724 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5725 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
|
|
|
5726 lead_middle_len) == 0)
|
|
|
5727 {
|
|
|
5728 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5729 break;
|
|
|
5730 }
|
|
|
5731 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
|
|
|
5732 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
|
|
|
5733 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
|
|
|
5734 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
|
|
|
5735 continue;
|
|
|
5736 }
|
|
|
5737 if (start_off != 0)
|
|
|
5738 amount += start_off;
|
|
|
5739 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
5740 amount += lead_start_len - lead_middle_len;
|
|
|
5741 break;
|
|
|
5742 }
|
|
|
5743
|
|
|
5744 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
|
|
|
5745 * with the middle comment */
|
|
|
5746 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
|
|
|
5747 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
|
|
|
5748 {
|
|
|
5749 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5750 /* XXX */
|
|
|
5751 if (off != 0)
|
|
|
5752 amount += off;
|
|
|
5753 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
5754 amount += lead_start_len - lead_middle_len;
|
|
|
5755 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
5756 break;
|
|
|
5757 }
|
|
|
5758 }
|
|
|
5759 }
|
|
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
|
|
|
5762 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
|
|
|
5763 * with the first character of the comment text.
|
|
|
5764 */
|
|
|
5765 if (done)
|
|
|
5766 ;
|
|
|
5767 else if (theline[0] == '*')
|
|
|
5768 amount += 1;
|
|
|
5769 else
|
|
|
5770 {
|
|
|
5771 /*
|
|
|
5772 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
|
|
|
5773 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
|
|
|
5774 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
|
|
|
5775 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
|
|
|
5776 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
|
|
|
5777 */
|
|
|
5778 amount = -1;
|
|
|
5779 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
5780 {
|
|
|
5781 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
|
|
|
5782 continue;
|
|
|
5783 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
5784 break;
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
|
|
|
5787 {
|
|
|
5788 if (!ind_in_comment2)
|
|
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5791 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
|
|
|
5792 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
|
|
|
5793 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
|
|
|
5794 }
|
|
|
5795 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5796 amount = col;
|
|
|
5797 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
|
|
|
5798 amount += ind_in_comment;
|
|
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800 }
|
|
|
5801 }
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 /*
|
|
|
5804 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
|
|
|
5805 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
5806 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
5807 && ind_java == 0)
|
|
|
5808 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
5809 || trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
5810 {
|
|
|
5811 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
|
|
|
5812 {
|
|
|
5813 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
|
|
|
5814 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
|
|
|
5815 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
5816 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
5817 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
|
|
|
5818 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5819 else
|
|
|
5820 tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
5821 }
|
|
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
5824 {
|
|
|
5825 /*
|
|
|
5826 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
|
|
|
5827 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
|
|
|
5828 */
|
|
|
5829 amount = -1;
|
|
|
5830 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5831 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
|
|
|
5832 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
|
5835 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
|
|
|
5836 continue;
|
|
|
5837 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
5838 continue;
|
|
|
5839 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5840
|
|
|
5841 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
|
|
|
5842 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5843 {
|
|
|
5844 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
5845 continue;
|
|
|
5846 }
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 /* XXX */
|
|
|
5849 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
5850 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
5851 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
5852 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
5853 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
5854 {
|
|
|
5855 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
5856
|
|
|
5857 if (theline[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5858 {
|
|
|
5859 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum && cur_amount > amount)
|
|
|
5860 cur_amount = amount;
|
|
|
5861 amount = -1;
|
|
|
5862 }
|
|
|
5863 break;
|
|
|
5864 }
|
|
|
5865 }
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 /*
|
|
|
5868 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
|
|
|
5869 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
|
|
|
5870 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5871 */
|
|
|
5872 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
5873 {
|
|
|
5874 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
5875 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
|
|
|
5876 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
|
|
|
5877 {
|
|
|
5878 /*
|
|
|
5879 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
|
|
|
5880 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
|
|
|
5881 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
|
|
|
5882 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
|
|
|
5883 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
|
|
|
5884 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
|
|
|
5885 * lines).
|
|
|
5886 */
|
|
|
5887 if (theline[0] != ')')
|
|
|
5888 {
|
|
|
5889 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5890 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
|
|
|
5891 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
|
|
|
5892 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
|
|
|
5893 {
|
|
|
5894 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
|
|
|
5895 * for each additional level */
|
|
|
5896 n = 1;
|
|
|
5897 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
|
|
|
5898 {
|
|
|
5899 switch (l[col])
|
|
|
5900 {
|
|
|
5901 case '(':
|
|
|
5902 case '{': ++n;
|
|
|
5903 break;
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 case ')':
|
|
|
5906 case '}': if (n > 1)
|
|
|
5907 --n;
|
|
|
5908 break;
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
5913 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
|
|
|
5914 }
|
|
|
5915 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
|
|
|
5916 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
5917 else
|
|
|
5918 {
|
|
|
5919 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
|
|
|
5920 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
|
|
|
5921 col++;
|
|
|
5922 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
|
|
|
5923 our_paren_pos.col = col;
|
|
|
5924 else
|
|
|
5925 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
5926 }
|
|
|
5927 }
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 /*
|
|
|
5930 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
|
|
|
5931 * if we did the above "if".
|
|
|
5932 */
|
|
|
5933 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
5934 {
|
|
|
5935 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5936 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
|
|
|
5937 cur_amount = col;
|
|
|
5938 }
|
|
|
5939 }
|
|
|
5940
|
|
|
5941 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
|
|
|
5942 {
|
|
|
5943 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
5944 }
|
|
|
5945 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
|
|
|
5946 && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
|
|
|
5947 {
|
|
|
5948 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
5949 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
5950 }
|
|
|
5951 else
|
|
|
5952 {
|
|
|
5953 /* add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one */
|
|
|
5954 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
5955 while (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
5956 {
|
|
|
5957 --our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
5958 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
|
|
|
5959 {
|
|
|
5960 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
5961 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
5962 break;
|
|
|
5963 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
5964 col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5965 break;
|
|
|
5966 }
|
|
|
5967 }
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
|
|
|
5970 * braces */
|
|
|
5971 if (col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
5972 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
5973 else
|
|
|
5974 {
|
|
|
5975 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
5976 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5977 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
5978 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5979 amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
5980 else
|
|
|
5981 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
5982 }
|
|
|
5983 /*
|
|
|
5984 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
|
|
|
5985 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
|
|
|
5986 * lines:
|
|
|
5987 * func_long_name( if (x
|
|
|
5988 * arg && yy
|
|
|
5989 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
|
|
|
5990 */
|
|
|
5991 if (cur_amount < amount)
|
|
|
5992 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
5993 }
|
|
|
5994 }
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
5997 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
5998 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
5999 }
|
|
|
6000
|
|
|
6001 /*
|
|
|
6002 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
|
|
|
6003 */
|
|
|
6004 else
|
|
|
6005 {
|
|
|
6006 trypos = tryposBrace;
|
|
|
6007
|
|
|
6008 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6009 start = ml_get(ourscope);
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 /*
|
|
|
6012 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
|
|
|
6013 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
|
|
|
6014 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
|
|
|
6015 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
|
|
|
6016 */
|
|
|
6017 look = skipwhite(start);
|
|
|
6018 if (*look == '{')
|
|
|
6019 {
|
|
|
6020 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6021 amount = col;
|
|
|
6022 if (*start == '{')
|
|
|
6023 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
|
|
|
6024 else
|
|
|
6025 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
|
|
|
6026 }
|
|
|
6027 else
|
|
|
6028 {
|
|
|
6029 /*
|
|
|
6030 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
|
|
|
6031 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
|
|
|
6032 */
|
|
|
6033 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 /*
|
|
|
6036 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6037 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6038 */
|
|
|
6039 lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6040 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6041 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6042 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6043 lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 /*
|
|
|
6046 * It could have been something like
|
|
|
6047 * case 1: if (asdf &&
|
|
|
6048 * ldfd) {
|
|
|
6049 * }
|
|
|
6050 */
|
|
|
6051 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6052 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6053 else
|
|
|
6054 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6055
|
|
|
6056 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
|
|
|
6057 }
|
|
|
6058
|
|
|
6059 /*
|
|
|
6060 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
|
|
|
6061 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
|
|
|
6062 * that an indent is supposed to be.
|
|
|
6063 */
|
|
|
6064 if (theline[0] == '}')
|
|
|
6065 {
|
|
|
6066 /*
|
|
|
6067 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
|
|
|
6068 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
|
|
|
6069 */
|
|
|
6070 amount += ind_close_extra;
|
|
|
6071 }
|
|
|
6072 else
|
|
|
6073 {
|
|
|
6074 /*
|
|
|
6075 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
|
|
|
6076 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6077 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
|
|
|
6078 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6079 */
|
|
|
6080 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6081 if (cin_iselse(theline))
|
|
|
6082 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
|
|
|
6083 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6084 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6085 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
|
|
|
6086 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
|
|
|
6087 {
|
|
|
6088 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
|
|
|
6089 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6090 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
|
|
|
6091 {
|
|
|
6092 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6093 goto theend;
|
|
|
6094 }
|
|
|
6095 }
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 /*
|
|
|
6098 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
|
|
|
6099 * failed to find a matching "if").
|
|
|
6100 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
|
|
|
6101 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
|
|
|
6102 */
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 /*
|
|
|
6105 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
|
|
|
6106 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
|
|
|
6107 * location for ind_open_extra.
|
|
|
6108 */
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
|
6111 {
|
|
|
6112 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
|
|
|
6113 }
|
|
|
6114 else
|
|
|
6115 {
|
|
|
6116 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6117 amount += ind_open_imag;
|
|
|
6118 else
|
|
|
6119 {
|
|
|
6120 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
|
|
|
6121 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6122 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
6123 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6124 }
|
|
|
6125 }
|
|
|
6126
|
|
|
6127 lookfor_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
|
|
|
6130 {
|
|
|
6131 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
|
|
|
6132 amount += ind_case;
|
|
|
6133 }
|
|
|
6134 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
|
|
|
6135 {
|
|
|
6136 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
|
|
|
6137 amount += ind_scopedecl;
|
|
|
6138 }
|
|
|
6139 else
|
|
|
6140 {
|
|
|
6141 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
|
|
|
6142 lookfor_break = TRUE;
|
|
|
6143
|
|
|
6144 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6145 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
|
|
|
6146 }
|
|
|
6147 scope_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6148 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
6149
|
|
|
6150 /*
|
|
|
6151 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
|
|
|
6152 * with that.
|
|
|
6153 *
|
|
|
6154 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
|
|
|
6155 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
|
|
|
6156 * that opens the block.
|
|
|
6157 */
|
|
|
6158 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6159 for (;;)
|
|
|
6160 {
|
|
|
6161 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
6162 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 /*
|
|
|
6165 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
|
|
|
6166 * up with it.
|
|
|
6167 */
|
|
|
6168 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
|
|
|
6169 {
|
|
|
6170 /* we reached end of scope:
|
|
|
6171 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
|
|
|
6172 * go further back:
|
|
|
6173 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
|
|
|
6174 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
|
|
|
6175 * declaration:
|
|
|
6176 * int x,
|
|
|
6177 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
|
|
|
6178 */
|
|
|
6179 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6180 {
|
|
|
6181 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|
6182 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
6183 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
|
6185 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
|
|
|
6186 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
|
|
|
6187 * initialization) */
|
|
|
6188 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6189 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6190 else
|
|
|
6191 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6192 break;
|
|
|
6193 }
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 /*
|
|
|
6198 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
|
|
|
6199 * comment.
|
|
|
6200 */
|
|
|
6201 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6202 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6203 {
|
|
|
6204 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6205 continue;
|
|
|
6206 }
|
|
|
6207
|
|
|
6208 /*
|
|
|
6209 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
6210 */
|
|
|
6211 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6212 continue;
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6215 continue;
|
|
|
6216
|
|
|
6217 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 /*
|
|
|
6220 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
|
|
|
6221 * function declaration, we are done
|
|
|
6222 * (it's a variable declaration).
|
|
|
6223 */
|
|
|
6224 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
|
|
|
6225 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6226 {
|
|
|
6227 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
|
|
|
6228 * it is a continued variable initialization.
|
|
|
6229 * don't add extra indent.
|
|
|
6230 * TODO: does not work, if a function
|
|
|
6231 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
|
|
|
6232 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
|
|
|
6233 */
|
|
|
6234 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6235 break;
|
|
|
6236
|
|
|
6237 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
|
|
|
6238 * we are done.
|
|
|
6239 */
|
|
|
6240 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
|
|
|
6241 break;
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 /* nothing useful found */
|
|
|
6244 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
|
|
|
6245 continue;
|
|
|
6246 }
|
|
|
6247
|
|
|
6248 if (terminated != ';')
|
|
|
6249 {
|
|
|
6250 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
|
|
|
6251 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
|
|
|
6252 * will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6253 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6254 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6255 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
|
|
|
6256 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6257 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6258
|
|
|
6259 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6260 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6263 {
|
|
|
6264 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6265 continue;
|
|
|
6266 }
|
|
|
6267 }
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
|
|
|
6270 * like in
|
|
|
6271 * int a,
|
|
|
6272 * b;
|
|
|
6273 */
|
|
|
6274 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6275 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6276 else
|
|
|
6277 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6278 }
|
|
|
6279 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6280 {
|
|
|
6281 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6282 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6283 else
|
|
|
6284 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6285 }
|
|
|
6286 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6287 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6288 {
|
|
|
6289 amount = scope_amount;
|
|
|
6290 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6291 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6292 }
|
|
|
6293 break;
|
|
|
6294 }
|
|
|
6295
|
|
|
6296 /*
|
|
|
6297 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
6298 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6299 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6300 {
|
|
|
6301 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6302 continue;
|
|
|
6303 }
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6306
|
|
|
6307 /*
|
|
|
6308 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
|
|
|
6309 * if this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
|
|
|
6310 */
|
|
|
6311 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
|
|
|
6312 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6313 {
|
|
|
6314 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
|
|
|
6315 * declaration/initialization any longer */
|
|
|
6316 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6317 break;
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
|
|
|
6320 * labels. */
|
|
|
6321 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
6322 continue;
|
|
|
6323
|
|
|
6324 /*
|
|
|
6325 * case xx:
|
|
|
6326 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
|
|
|
6327 *-> here;
|
|
|
6328 */
|
|
|
6329 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6330 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6331 {
|
|
|
6332 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6333 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6334 else
|
|
|
6335 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6336 break;
|
|
|
6337 }
|
|
|
6338
|
|
|
6339 /*
|
|
|
6340 * case xx: <- line up with this case
|
|
|
6341 * x = 333;
|
|
|
6342 * case yy:
|
|
|
6343 */
|
|
|
6344 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
|
|
|
6345 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6346 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
|
|
|
6347 {
|
|
|
6348 /*
|
|
|
6349 * Check that this case label is not for another
|
|
|
6350 * switch()
|
|
|
6351 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6352 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
|
|
|
6353 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
|
|
|
6354 {
|
|
|
6355 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6356 break;
|
|
|
6357 }
|
|
|
6358 continue;
|
|
|
6359 }
|
|
|
6360
|
|
|
6361 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6362
|
|
|
6363 /*
|
|
|
6364 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6365 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6366 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6367 *
|
|
|
6368 * case xx:
|
|
|
6369 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
|
|
|
6370 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6371 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6372 */
|
|
|
6373 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6374 {
|
|
|
6375 if (n)
|
|
|
6376 amount = n;
|
|
|
6377
|
|
|
6378 if (!lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6379 break;
|
|
|
6380 }
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 /*
|
|
|
6383 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
|
|
|
6384 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6385 *
|
|
|
6386 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6387 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6388 */
|
|
|
6389 if (n)
|
|
|
6390 {
|
|
|
6391 amount = n;
|
|
|
6392 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6393 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
|
|
|
6394 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
6395 break;
|
|
|
6396 }
|
|
|
6397
|
|
|
6398 /*
|
|
|
6399 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
|
|
|
6400 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
|
|
|
6401 * switch label.
|
|
|
6402 * break; <- may line up with this line
|
|
|
6403 * case xx:
|
|
|
6404 * -> y = 1;
|
|
|
6405 */
|
|
|
6406 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
|
|
|
6407 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
|
|
|
6408 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
6409 continue;
|
|
|
6410 }
|
|
|
6411
|
|
|
6412 /*
|
|
|
6413 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
|
|
|
6414 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
|
|
|
6415 */
|
|
|
6416 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
|
|
|
6417 {
|
|
|
6418 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
|
|
|
6419 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6420 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6421 continue;
|
|
|
6422 }
|
|
|
6423
|
|
|
6424 /*
|
|
|
6425 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
|
|
|
6426 */
|
|
|
6427 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
6428 {
|
|
|
6429 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6430 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6431 continue;
|
|
|
6432 }
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 /*
|
|
|
6435 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
|
|
|
6436 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
|
|
|
6437 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
|
|
|
6438 * unlocked it)
|
|
|
6439 */
|
|
|
6440 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6441 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
6442 || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6443 continue;
|
|
|
6444
|
|
|
6445 /*
|
|
|
6446 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
6447 * constructor initialization?
|
|
|
6448 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6449 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass
|
|
|
6450 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
|
|
|
6451 {
|
|
|
6452 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6453 {
|
|
|
6454 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6455 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6456 else
|
|
|
6457 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6458 }
|
|
|
6459 else if (col == 0 || theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6460 {
|
|
|
6461 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6462 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6463 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6464 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6465 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6466 if (theline[0] != '{')
|
|
|
6467 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
6468 }
|
|
|
6469 else
|
|
|
6470 {
|
|
|
6471 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6472 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6473 amount = (int)col;
|
|
|
6474 }
|
|
|
6475 break;
|
|
|
6476 }
|
|
|
6477 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
|
|
|
6480 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. */
|
|
|
6481 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
|
6482 break;
|
|
|
6483 else
|
|
|
6484 continue;
|
|
|
6485 }
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 /*
|
|
|
6488 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
|
|
|
6489 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
|
|
|
6490 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
|
|
|
6491 * 123,
|
|
|
6492 * sizeof
|
|
|
6493 * here
|
|
|
6494 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
|
|
|
6495 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
|
|
|
6496 * (indented).
|
|
|
6497 */
|
|
|
6498 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6499
|
|
|
6500 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6501 && terminated == ','))
|
|
|
6502 {
|
|
|
6503 /*
|
|
|
6504 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
|
|
|
6505 * go back to the line that starts it so
|
|
|
6506 * we can get the right prevailing indent
|
|
|
6507 * if ( foo &&
|
|
|
6508 * bar )
|
|
|
6509 */
|
|
|
6510 /*
|
|
|
6511 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6512 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6513 */
|
|
|
6514 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
6515 trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
6516 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
6517 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6518
|
|
|
6519 /*
|
|
|
6520 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
|
|
|
6521 * braces.
|
|
|
6522 */
|
|
|
6523 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6524 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6525
|
|
|
6526 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6527 {
|
|
|
6528 /*
|
|
|
6529 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
6530 * handled above.
|
|
|
6531 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
6532 * asdf)
|
|
|
6533 */
|
|
|
6534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6535 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6536 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6537 {
|
|
|
6538 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6539 continue;
|
|
|
6540 }
|
|
|
6541 }
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 /*
|
|
|
6544 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
|
|
|
6545 * indent from
|
|
|
6546 * char *usethis = "bla\
|
|
|
6547 * bla",
|
|
|
6548 * here;
|
|
|
6549 */
|
|
|
6550 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6551 {
|
|
|
6552 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6555 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
6556 break;
|
|
|
6557 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6558 }
|
|
|
6559 }
|
|
|
6560
|
|
|
6561 /*
|
|
|
6562 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
6563 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
|
|
|
6564 */
|
|
|
6565 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6566 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6567
|
|
|
6568 /*
|
|
|
6569 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
|
|
|
6570 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
|
|
|
6571 * while (not)
|
|
|
6572 * -> {
|
|
|
6573 * }
|
|
|
6574 */
|
|
|
6575 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6576 && theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6579 /*
|
|
|
6580 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
|
|
|
6581 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
|
|
|
6582 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
|
|
|
6583 * { 1, 2 },
|
|
|
6584 * -> { 3, 4 }
|
|
|
6585 */
|
|
|
6586 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
|
|
|
6587 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6588
|
|
|
6589 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
6590 {
|
|
|
6591 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
|
|
|
6592 * class declaration or initialization */
|
|
|
6593 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
6594 continue;
|
|
|
6595 }
|
|
|
6596 break;
|
|
|
6597 }
|
|
|
6598
|
|
|
6599 /*
|
|
|
6600 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
|
|
|
6601 * Also allow " } else".
|
|
|
6602 */
|
|
|
6603 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 /*
|
|
|
6606 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
|
|
|
6607 * with the last one.
|
|
|
6608 * if (cond)
|
|
|
6609 * 100 +
|
|
|
6610 * -> here;
|
|
|
6611 */
|
|
|
6612 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6613 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6614 {
|
|
|
6615 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6616 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6617 else
|
|
|
6618 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6619 break;
|
|
|
6620 }
|
|
|
6621
|
|
|
6622 /*
|
|
|
6623 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
|
|
|
6624 * are finished.
|
|
|
6625 * while (not)
|
|
|
6626 * -> here;
|
|
|
6627 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
|
|
|
6628 * before this is terminated.
|
|
|
6629 * yyy;
|
|
|
6630 * if (stat)
|
|
|
6631 * while (not)
|
|
|
6632 * xxx;
|
|
|
6633 * -> here;
|
|
|
6634 */
|
|
|
6635 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6636 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6637 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6638 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6639 {
|
|
|
6640 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
6641 break;
|
|
|
6642 }
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 /*
|
|
|
6645 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
|
|
|
6646 * do, line up with the while()
|
|
|
6647 * do
|
|
|
6648 * x = 1;
|
|
|
6649 * -> here
|
|
|
6650 */
|
|
|
6651 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6652 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
6653 {
|
|
|
6654 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
6655 break;
|
|
|
6656 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
6657 }
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 /*
|
|
|
6660 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
|
|
|
6661 * one between the "if" and the "else".
|
|
|
6662 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
6663 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
6664 */
|
|
|
6665 if (cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
6666 && whilelevel == 0
|
|
|
6667 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
6668 == NULL
|
|
|
6669 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
6670 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
|
|
|
6671 break;
|
|
|
6672 }
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 /*
|
|
|
6675 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
|
|
|
6676 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
|
|
|
6677 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
|
|
|
6678 * the line before this one.
|
|
|
6679 */
|
|
|
6680 else
|
|
|
6681 {
|
|
|
6682 /*
|
|
|
6683 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
|
|
|
6684 * the last one.
|
|
|
6685 * c = 99 +
|
|
|
6686 * 100 +
|
|
|
6687 * -> here;
|
|
|
6688 */
|
|
|
6689 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6690 {
|
|
|
6691 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
|
|
|
6692 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6693 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6694 break;
|
|
|
6695 }
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6698 {
|
|
|
6699 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
|
|
|
6700 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
|
|
|
6701 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
|
|
|
6702 * opening brace or we are looking just for
|
|
|
6703 * enumerations/initializations. */
|
|
|
6704 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6705 {
|
|
|
6706 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
|
|
|
6707 break;
|
|
|
6708
|
|
|
6709 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
6710 continue;
|
|
|
6711 }
|
|
|
6712
|
|
|
6713 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
|
|
|
6714 * reduce indent. */
|
|
|
6715 if (amount > cur_amount)
|
|
|
6716 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6717 }
|
|
|
6718 else
|
|
|
6719 {
|
|
|
6720 /*
|
|
|
6721 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
|
|
|
6722 * line up with this line, remember its indent
|
|
|
6723 * 100 +
|
|
|
6724 * -> here;
|
|
|
6725 */
|
|
|
6726 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 /*
|
|
|
6729 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
|
|
|
6730 * are in an initialization or enum
|
|
|
6731 * struct xxx =
|
|
|
6732 * {
|
|
|
6733 * sizeof a,
|
|
|
6734 * 124 };
|
|
|
6735 * or a normal possible continuation line.
|
|
|
6736 * but only, of no other statement has been found
|
|
|
6737 * yet.
|
|
|
6738 */
|
|
|
6739 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6740 {
|
|
|
6741 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
|
|
|
6742 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
6743 }
|
|
|
6744 else
|
|
|
6745 {
|
|
|
6746 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
|
|
|
6747 && *l != NUL
|
|
|
6748 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
6749 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6750 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
|
|
|
6751 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
6752 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6753 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
6754 }
|
|
|
6755 }
|
|
|
6756 }
|
|
|
6757 }
|
|
|
6758
|
|
|
6759 /*
|
|
|
6760 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
|
|
|
6761 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
|
|
|
6762 */
|
|
|
6763 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6764 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(l,
|
|
|
6765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6766 {
|
|
|
6767 /*
|
|
|
6768 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
|
|
|
6769 * with the last one.
|
|
|
6770 * while (cond);
|
|
|
6771 * 100 + <- line up with this one
|
|
|
6772 * -> here;
|
|
|
6773 */
|
|
|
6774 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6775 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6776 {
|
|
|
6777 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6778 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6779 else
|
|
|
6780 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6781 break;
|
|
|
6782 }
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
6785 {
|
|
|
6786 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
6787 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6788 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6789 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6790 }
|
|
|
6791 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
6792 }
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 /*
|
|
|
6795 * We are after a "normal" statement.
|
|
|
6796 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
|
|
|
6797 * indent of that other statement.
|
|
|
6798 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
|
|
|
6799 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
|
|
|
6800 */
|
|
|
6801 else
|
|
|
6802 {
|
|
|
6803 /*
|
|
|
6804 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
|
|
|
6805 * may be lined up with the case label.
|
|
|
6806 */
|
|
|
6807 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
|
|
|
6808 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6809 {
|
|
|
6810 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
6811 continue;
|
|
|
6812 }
|
|
|
6813
|
|
|
6814 /*
|
|
|
6815 * Handle "do {" line.
|
|
|
6816 */
|
|
|
6817 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
6818 {
|
|
|
6819 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6820 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
6821 {
|
|
|
6822 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6823 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
6824 continue;
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826 }
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 /*
|
|
|
6829 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
|
|
|
6830 * the amount for a continuation line.
|
|
|
6831 * x = 1;
|
|
|
6832 * y = foo +
|
|
|
6833 * -> here;
|
|
|
6834 * or
|
|
|
6835 * int x = 1;
|
|
|
6836 * int foo,
|
|
|
6837 * -> here;
|
|
|
6838 */
|
|
|
6839 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6840 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6843 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6844 else
|
|
|
6845 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6846 break;
|
|
|
6847 }
|
|
|
6848
|
|
|
6849 /*
|
|
|
6850 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
|
|
|
6851 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
|
|
|
6852 * x = 1; x = 1;
|
|
|
6853 * if (asdf) y = 2;
|
|
|
6854 * while (asdf) ->here;
|
|
|
6855 * here;
|
|
|
6856 * ->foo;
|
|
|
6857 */
|
|
|
6858 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6859 {
|
|
|
6860 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
6861 break;
|
|
|
6862 }
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 /*
|
|
|
6865 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
|
|
|
6866 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
|
|
|
6867 * a terminated line.
|
|
|
6868 */
|
|
|
6869 else
|
|
|
6870 {
|
|
|
6871 /*
|
|
|
6872 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
|
|
|
6873 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
|
|
|
6874 * the line. Helps for:
|
|
|
6875 * func(asdr,
|
|
|
6876 * asdfasdf);
|
|
|
6877 * here;
|
|
|
6878 */
|
|
|
6879 term_again:
|
|
|
6880 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6881 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6882 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6883 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6884 {
|
|
|
6885 /*
|
|
|
6886 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
6887 * handled above.
|
|
|
6888 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
6889 * asdf)
|
|
|
6890 */
|
|
|
6891 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6892 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6893 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6894 {
|
|
|
6895 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6896 continue;
|
|
|
6897 }
|
|
|
6898 }
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
|
|
|
6901 * with a statement after it.
|
|
|
6902 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
|
|
|
6903 * stat;
|
|
|
6904 * }
|
|
|
6905 * case 2:
|
|
|
6906 * stat;
|
|
|
6907 * }
|
|
|
6908 */
|
|
|
6909 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
|
|
|
6910
|
|
|
6911 /*
|
|
|
6912 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
6913 * ignoring any jump label.
|
|
|
6914 */
|
|
|
6915 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6916 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6919 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6920 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
|
|
|
6921 if (*skipwhite(l) == '{')
|
|
|
6922 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6923 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
6924
|
|
|
6925 /*
|
|
|
6926 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
|
|
|
6927 * that block.
|
|
|
6928 */
|
|
|
6929 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6930 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
|
|
|
6931 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
6932 != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6933 {
|
|
|
6934 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6935 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
|
|
|
6936 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
|
|
|
6937 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6938 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
|
|
|
6939 goto term_again;
|
|
|
6940 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6941 }
|
|
|
6942 }
|
|
|
6943 }
|
|
|
6944 }
|
|
|
6945 }
|
|
|
6946 }
|
|
|
6947
|
|
|
6948 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
6949 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
6950 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
6951 }
|
|
|
6952
|
|
|
6953 /*
|
|
|
6954 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
|
|
|
6955 *
|
|
|
6956 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
|
|
|
6957 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
|
|
|
6958 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
|
|
|
6959 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
|
|
|
6960 */
|
|
|
6961 else
|
|
|
6962 {
|
|
|
6963 /*
|
|
|
6964 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
|
|
|
6965 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
|
|
|
6966 * of a function
|
|
|
6967 */
|
|
|
6968
|
|
|
6969 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6970 {
|
|
|
6971 amount = ind_first_open;
|
|
|
6972 }
|
|
|
6973
|
|
|
6974 /*
|
|
|
6975 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
6976 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
|
|
|
6977 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
|
|
|
6978 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
|
|
|
6979 */
|
|
|
6980 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6981 && !cin_nocode(theline)
|
|
|
6982 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
|
|
|
6983 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
6984 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
|
|
|
6985 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
6986 {
|
|
|
6987 amount = ind_func_type;
|
|
|
6988 }
|
|
|
6989 else
|
|
|
6990 {
|
|
|
6991 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6992 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6993
|
|
|
6994 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
|
|
|
6995
|
|
|
6996 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6997 {
|
|
|
6998 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
6999 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 /*
|
|
|
7004 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
7005 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7006 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7007 {
|
|
|
7008 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
7009 continue;
|
|
|
7010 }
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 /*
|
|
|
7013 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or constructor
|
|
|
7014 * initialization?
|
|
|
7015 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7016 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{'
|
|
|
7017 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
|
|
|
7018 {
|
|
|
7019 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 amount = get_indent() + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
|
|
|
7022 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7023 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7024 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7025 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum)
|
|
|
7026 + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
|
|
|
7027 }
|
|
|
7028 else
|
|
|
7029 {
|
|
|
7030 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
7031 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7032 amount = (int)col;
|
|
|
7033 }
|
|
|
7034 break;
|
|
|
7035 }
|
|
|
7036
|
|
|
7037 /*
|
|
|
7038 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
7039 */
|
|
|
7040 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7041 continue;
|
|
|
7042
|
|
|
7043 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7044 continue;
|
|
|
7045
|
|
|
7046 /*
|
|
|
7047 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
|
|
|
7048 * indentation:
|
|
|
7049 * int foo,
|
|
|
7050 * bar;
|
|
|
7051 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
|
|
|
7052 * enum foobar
|
|
|
7053 * {
|
|
|
7054 * ...
|
|
|
7055 * } foo,
|
|
|
7056 * bar;
|
|
|
7057 */
|
|
|
7058 n = 0;
|
|
|
7059 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7060 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7061 {
|
|
|
7062 /* take us back to opening paren */
|
|
|
7063 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7064 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7065 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7066 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7067
|
|
|
7068 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
|
|
|
7069 * back to the first line with a backslash:
|
|
|
7070 * char *foo = "bla\
|
|
|
7071 * bla",
|
|
|
7072 * here;
|
|
|
7073 */
|
|
|
7074 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7075 {
|
|
|
7076 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7077 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7078 break;
|
|
|
7079 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081
|
|
|
7082 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7085 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7086 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7087 amount = ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7088 break;
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 /*
|
|
|
7092 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
|
|
|
7093 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
|
|
|
7094 */
|
|
|
7095 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7096 break;
|
|
|
7097 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7098
|
|
|
7099 /*
|
|
|
7100 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
|
|
|
7101 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
|
|
|
7102 */
|
|
|
7103 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
|
|
|
7104 break;
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 /* (matching {)
|
|
|
7107 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
|
|
|
7108 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
|
|
|
7109 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
|
|
|
7110 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
|
|
|
7111 */
|
|
|
7112 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
|
|
|
7113 break;
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 /*
|
|
|
7116 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7117 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
|
|
|
7118 * parameters.
|
|
|
7119 */
|
|
|
7120 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7121 {
|
|
|
7122 amount = ind_param;
|
|
|
7123 break;
|
|
|
7124 }
|
|
|
7125
|
|
|
7126 /*
|
|
|
7127 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
|
|
|
7128 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
|
|
|
7129 * int foo,
|
|
|
7130 * bar;
|
|
|
7131 * indent_to_0 here;
|
|
|
7132 */
|
|
|
7133 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u*)";", NULL))
|
|
|
7134 {
|
|
|
7135 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7136 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7137 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
|
|
|
7138 break;
|
|
|
7139 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7140 }
|
|
|
7141
|
|
|
7142 /*
|
|
|
7143 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
|
|
|
7144 * use the indent of this line.
|
|
|
7145 *
|
|
|
7146 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7147 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7148 */
|
|
|
7149 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7150
|
|
|
7151 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7152 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7153 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7154 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7155 break;
|
|
|
7156 }
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7159 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7160 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7161
|
|
|
7162 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
|
|
|
7163 * "asdfasdf\
|
|
|
7164 * here";
|
|
|
7165 * char *foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
7166 * here";
|
|
|
7167 */
|
|
|
7168 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7169 {
|
|
|
7170 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7171 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7172 {
|
|
|
7173 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7174 if (cur_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7175 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7176 else if (cur_amount == 0)
|
|
|
7177 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7178 }
|
|
|
7179 }
|
|
|
7180 }
|
|
|
7181 }
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 theend:
|
|
|
7184 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
|
7185 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7186
|
|
|
7187 vim_free(linecopy);
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
7190 return 0;
|
|
|
7191 return amount;
|
|
|
7192 }
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 static int
|
|
|
7195 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
7196 int lookfor;
|
|
|
7197 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
7198 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
7199 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
7200 {
|
|
|
7201 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7202 pos_T *theirscope;
|
|
|
7203 char_u *mightbeif;
|
|
|
7204 int elselevel;
|
|
|
7205 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
7206
|
|
|
7207 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7208 {
|
|
|
7209 elselevel = 1;
|
|
|
7210 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7211 }
|
|
|
7212 else
|
|
|
7213 {
|
|
|
7214 elselevel = 0;
|
|
|
7215 whilelevel = 1;
|
|
|
7216 }
|
|
|
7217
|
|
|
7218 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
|
|
|
7221 {
|
|
|
7222 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7223 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7226 if (cin_iselse(look)
|
|
|
7227 || cin_isif(look)
|
|
|
7228 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7229 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7230 {
|
|
|
7231 /*
|
|
|
7232 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
|
|
|
7233 * we must be out of scope...
|
|
|
7234 */
|
|
|
7235 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7236 if (theirscope == NULL)
|
|
|
7237 break;
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 /*
|
|
|
7240 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
|
|
|
7241 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
|
|
|
7242 * out of luck too.
|
|
|
7243 */
|
|
|
7244 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
|
|
|
7245 break;
|
|
|
7246
|
|
|
7247 /*
|
|
|
7248 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
|
|
|
7249 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
|
|
|
7250 * different scope...
|
|
|
7251 */
|
|
|
7252 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
|
|
|
7253 continue;
|
|
|
7254
|
|
|
7255 /*
|
|
|
7256 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
|
|
|
7257 * then we need to go back to another if, so
|
|
|
7258 * increment elselevel
|
|
|
7259 */
|
|
|
7260 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7261 if (cin_iselse(look))
|
|
|
7262 {
|
|
|
7263 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
|
|
|
7264 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
|
|
|
7265 ++elselevel;
|
|
|
7266 continue;
|
|
|
7267 }
|
|
|
7268
|
|
|
7269 /*
|
|
|
7270 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
|
|
|
7271 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
|
|
|
7272 */
|
|
|
7273 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7274 {
|
|
|
7275 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7276 continue;
|
|
|
7277 }
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
|
|
|
7280 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7281 if (cin_isif(look))
|
|
|
7282 {
|
|
|
7283 elselevel--;
|
|
|
7284 /*
|
|
|
7285 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
|
|
|
7286 * get in the way.
|
|
|
7287 */
|
|
|
7288 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7289 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7290 }
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
|
|
|
7293 if (cin_isdo(look))
|
|
|
7294 whilelevel--;
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 /*
|
|
|
7297 * if we've used up all the elses, then
|
|
|
7298 * this must be the if that we want!
|
|
|
7299 * match the indent level of that if.
|
|
|
7300 */
|
|
|
7301 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
|
|
|
7302 {
|
|
|
7303 return OK;
|
|
|
7304 }
|
|
|
7305 }
|
|
|
7306 }
|
|
|
7307 return FAIL;
|
|
|
7308 }
|
|
|
7309
|
|
|
7310 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7311 /*
|
|
|
7312 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
|
|
|
7313 */
|
|
|
7314 int
|
|
|
7315 get_expr_indent()
|
|
|
7316 {
|
|
|
7317 int indent;
|
|
|
7318 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7319 int save_State;
|
|
|
7320
|
|
|
7321 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7322 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7323 ++sandbox;
|
|
|
7324 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
|
|
|
7325 --sandbox;
|
|
|
7326
|
|
|
7327 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
|
|
|
7328 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
|
|
|
7329 * command. */
|
|
|
7330 save_State = State;
|
|
|
7331 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7332 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
7333 check_cursor();
|
|
|
7334 State = save_State;
|
|
|
7335
|
|
|
7336 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
|
|
|
7337 if (indent < 0)
|
|
|
7338 indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7339
|
|
|
7340 return indent;
|
|
|
7341 }
|
|
|
7342 # endif
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7345
|
|
|
7346 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7347
|
|
|
7348 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
7349
|
|
|
7350 static int
|
|
|
7351 lisp_match(p)
|
|
|
7352 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7353 {
|
|
|
7354 char_u buf[LSIZE];
|
|
|
7355 int len;
|
|
|
7356 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
|
|
|
7357
|
|
|
7358 while (*word != NUL)
|
|
|
7359 {
|
|
|
7360 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
7361 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
7362 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
|
|
|
7363 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7364 }
|
|
|
7365 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7366 }
|
|
|
7367
|
|
|
7368 /*
|
|
|
7369 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
|
|
|
7370 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
|
|
|
7371 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
|
|
|
7372 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
|
|
|
7373 *
|
|
|
7374 * TODO:
|
|
|
7375 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
|
|
|
7376 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
|
|
|
7377 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
|
|
|
7378 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
|
|
|
7379 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
|
|
|
7380 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
|
|
14
|
7381 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
|
|
|
7382 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
|
|
7
|
7383 */
|
|
|
7384 int
|
|
|
7385 get_lisp_indent()
|
|
|
7386 {
|
|
14
|
7387 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
|
|
7
|
7388 int amount;
|
|
|
7389 char_u *that;
|
|
|
7390 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
7391 colnr_T firsttry;
|
|
|
7392 int parencount, quotecount;
|
|
|
7393 int vi_lisp;
|
|
|
7394
|
|
|
7395 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
|
|
|
7396 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
|
|
|
7397
|
|
|
7398 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7399 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7400
|
|
14
|
7401 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
|
|
|
7402 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
7403 else
|
|
|
7404 {
|
|
|
7405 paren = *pos;
|
|
|
7406 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
7407 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
|
|
|
7408 pos = &paren;
|
|
|
7409 }
|
|
|
7410 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
7411 {
|
|
|
7412 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
|
|
|
7413 * line that is at the same () level. */
|
|
|
7414 amount = -1;
|
|
|
7415 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
7416
|
|
|
7417 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
|
|
|
7418 {
|
|
|
7419 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7420 continue;
|
|
|
7421 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
|
|
|
7422 {
|
|
|
7423 if (*that == ';')
|
|
|
7424 {
|
|
|
7425 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7426 ++that;
|
|
|
7427 continue;
|
|
|
7428 }
|
|
|
7429 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
7430 {
|
|
|
7431 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7432 ++that;
|
|
|
7433 continue;
|
|
|
7434 }
|
|
|
7435 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7436 {
|
|
|
7437 that++;
|
|
|
7438 while (*that && (*that != '"' || *(that - 1) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7439 ++that;
|
|
|
7440 }
|
|
14
|
7441 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
7442 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
7443 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
7
|
7444 --parencount;
|
|
|
7445 }
|
|
|
7446 if (parencount == 0)
|
|
|
7447 {
|
|
|
7448 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
7449 break;
|
|
|
7450 }
|
|
|
7451 }
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
7454 {
|
|
|
7455 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7456 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
|
|
|
7457 col = pos->col;
|
|
|
7458
|
|
|
7459 that = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
|
|
|
7462 amount = 2;
|
|
|
7463 else
|
|
|
7464 {
|
|
|
7465 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7466 while (*that && col)
|
|
|
7467 {
|
|
|
7468 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7469 col--;
|
|
|
7470 }
|
|
|
7471
|
|
|
7472 /*
|
|
|
7473 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
|
|
|
7474 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
|
|
|
7475 *
|
|
|
7476 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
|
|
|
7477 * (...)) of (...))
|
|
|
7478 */
|
|
|
7479
|
|
14
|
7480 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
7481 && lisp_match(that + 1))
|
|
7
|
7482 amount += 2;
|
|
|
7483 else
|
|
|
7484 {
|
|
|
7485 that++;
|
|
|
7486 amount++;
|
|
|
7487 firsttry = amount;
|
|
|
7488
|
|
|
7489 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
7490 {
|
|
|
7491 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7492 ++that;
|
|
|
7493 }
|
|
|
7494
|
|
|
7495 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
|
|
|
7496 {
|
|
|
7497 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
|
|
|
7498 * argument if it is more than one line */
|
|
14
|
7499 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
|
|
7
|
7500 firsttry++;
|
|
|
7501
|
|
|
7502 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
7503 quotecount = 0;
|
|
|
7504
|
|
|
7505 if (vi_lisp
|
|
|
7506 || (*that != '"'
|
|
|
7507 && *that != '\''
|
|
|
7508 && *that != '#'
|
|
|
7509 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
|
|
|
7510 {
|
|
|
7511 while (*that
|
|
|
7512 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
|
|
|
7513 || quotecount
|
|
|
7514 || parencount)
|
|
14
|
7515 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
7516 && !quotecount
|
|
|
7517 && !parencount
|
|
|
7518 && vi_lisp)))
|
|
|
7519 {
|
|
|
7520 if (*that == '"')
|
|
|
7521 quotecount = !quotecount;
|
|
14
|
7522 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
7523 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
7524 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
7525 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
|
7526 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
7527 --parencount;
|
|
|
7528 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7529 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
7530 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7531 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
7532 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7533 }
|
|
|
7534 }
|
|
|
7535 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
7536 {
|
|
|
7537 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7538 that++;
|
|
|
7539 }
|
|
|
7540 if (!*that || *that == ';')
|
|
|
7541 amount = firsttry;
|
|
|
7542 }
|
|
|
7543 }
|
|
|
7544 }
|
|
|
7545 }
|
|
|
7546 }
|
|
|
7547 else
|
|
14
|
7548 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
|
|
7
|
7549
|
|
|
7550 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
|
|
|
7551
|
|
|
7552 return amount;
|
|
|
7553 }
|
|
|
7554 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */
|
|
|
7555
|
|
|
7556 void
|
|
|
7557 prepare_to_exit()
|
|
|
7558 {
|
|
|
7559 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7560 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7561 {
|
|
|
7562 gui.dying = TRUE;
|
|
|
7563 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
|
|
|
7564 }
|
|
|
7565 else
|
|
|
7566 #endif
|
|
|
7567 {
|
|
|
7568 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 /*
|
|
|
7571 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
|
|
|
7572 * screen (if there are two screens).
|
|
|
7573 */
|
|
|
7574 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
|
|
|
7575 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7576 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
|
|
|
7577 #endif
|
|
|
7578 stoptermcap();
|
|
|
7579 out_flush();
|
|
|
7580 }
|
|
|
7581 }
|
|
|
7582
|
|
|
7583 /*
|
|
|
7584 * Preserve files and exit.
|
|
|
7585 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
|
|
|
7586 */
|
|
|
7587 void
|
|
|
7588 preserve_exit()
|
|
|
7589 {
|
|
|
7590 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
7591
|
|
|
7592 prepare_to_exit();
|
|
|
7593
|
|
|
7594 out_str(IObuff);
|
|
|
7595 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
7596 out_flush();
|
|
|
7597
|
|
|
7598 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
|
|
|
7599
|
|
|
7600 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
7601 {
|
|
|
7602 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
7603 {
|
|
|
7604 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
|
|
|
7605 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
7606 out_flush();
|
|
|
7607 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
|
|
|
7608 break;
|
|
|
7609 }
|
|
|
7610 }
|
|
|
7611
|
|
|
7612 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
|
|
|
7613
|
|
|
7614 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 getout(1);
|
|
|
7617 }
|
|
|
7618
|
|
|
7619 /*
|
|
|
7620 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
|
|
|
7621 */
|
|
|
7622 int
|
|
|
7623 vim_fexists(fname)
|
|
|
7624 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
7625 {
|
|
|
7626 struct stat st;
|
|
|
7627
|
|
|
7628 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
|
|
|
7629 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7630 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7631 }
|
|
|
7632
|
|
|
7633 /*
|
|
|
7634 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
|
|
|
7635 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
|
|
|
7636 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
|
|
|
7637 * time, because it can be a system call.
|
|
|
7638 */
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
|
|
|
7641 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
|
|
|
7642 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
|
|
|
7643 # else
|
|
|
7644 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
|
|
|
7645 # endif
|
|
|
7646 #endif
|
|
|
7647
|
|
|
7648 static int breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7649
|
|
|
7650 void
|
|
|
7651 line_breakcheck()
|
|
|
7652 {
|
|
|
7653 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
|
|
|
7654 {
|
|
|
7655 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7656 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7657 }
|
|
|
7658 }
|
|
|
7659
|
|
|
7660 /*
|
|
|
7661 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
|
|
|
7662 */
|
|
|
7663 void
|
|
|
7664 fast_breakcheck()
|
|
|
7665 {
|
|
|
7666 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
|
|
|
7667 {
|
|
|
7668 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7669 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7670 }
|
|
|
7671 }
|
|
|
7672
|
|
|
7673 /*
|
|
|
7674 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
|
|
|
7675 * 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
7676 */
|
|
|
7677 int
|
|
|
7678 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
7679 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
7680 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
7681 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
7682 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
7683 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
|
7684 {
|
|
|
7685 int retval;
|
|
|
7686 int i, j;
|
|
|
7687 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7688 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
|
|
|
7689
|
|
|
7690 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
|
|
|
7693 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
|
|
|
7694 return retval;
|
|
|
7695
|
|
|
7696 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
|
|
|
7697 /*
|
|
|
7698 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
7699 */
|
|
|
7700 if (*p_wig)
|
|
|
7701 {
|
|
|
7702 char_u *ffname;
|
|
|
7703
|
|
|
7704 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
|
|
|
7705 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
7706 {
|
|
|
7707 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
|
|
|
7708 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7709 break;
|
|
|
7710 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
7711 vms_remove_version(ffname);
|
|
|
7712 # endif
|
|
|
7713 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
|
|
|
7714 {
|
|
|
7715 /* remove this matching file from the list */
|
|
|
7716 vim_free((*file)[i]);
|
|
|
7717 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
|
|
|
7718 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
|
|
|
7719 --*num_file;
|
|
|
7720 --i;
|
|
|
7721 }
|
|
|
7722 vim_free(ffname);
|
|
|
7723 }
|
|
|
7724 }
|
|
|
7725 #endif
|
|
|
7726
|
|
|
7727 /*
|
|
|
7728 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
|
|
|
7729 */
|
|
|
7730 if (*num_file > 1)
|
|
|
7731 {
|
|
|
7732 non_suf_match = 0;
|
|
|
7733 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
7734 {
|
|
|
7735 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
|
|
|
7736 {
|
|
|
7737 /*
|
|
|
7738 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
|
|
|
7739 * of the list.
|
|
|
7740 */
|
|
|
7741 p = (*file)[i];
|
|
|
7742 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
|
|
|
7743 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
|
|
|
7744 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
|
|
|
7745 }
|
|
|
7746 }
|
|
|
7747 }
|
|
|
7748
|
|
|
7749 return retval;
|
|
|
7750 }
|
|
|
7751
|
|
|
7752 /*
|
|
|
7753 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
|
|
|
7754 */
|
|
|
7755 int
|
|
|
7756 match_suffix(fname)
|
|
|
7757 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
7758 {
|
|
|
7759 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
|
|
|
7760 char_u *setsuf;
|
|
|
7761 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
|
|
|
7762 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
|
|
|
7763
|
|
|
7764 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
|
|
|
7765 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
7766 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
|
|
|
7767 {
|
|
|
7768 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
|
|
|
7769 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
|
|
|
7770 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
|
|
|
7771 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
|
|
|
7772 break;
|
|
|
7773 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
7774 }
|
|
|
7775 return (setsuflen != 0);
|
|
|
7776 }
|
|
|
7777
|
|
|
7778 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7779
|
|
|
7780 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
7781 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
7782 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
|
|
|
7783 # endif
|
|
|
7784
|
|
|
7785 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
7786 /*
|
|
|
7787 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
|
|
|
7788 * it's shared between these systems.
|
|
|
7789 */
|
|
|
7790 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7791 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
|
|
|
7792 # else
|
|
|
7793 # ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
7794 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
7795 # endif
|
|
|
7796 # endif
|
|
|
7797
|
|
|
7798 /*
|
|
|
7799 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
|
|
|
7800 */
|
|
|
7801 static int _cdecl
|
|
|
7802 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
|
7803 {
|
|
|
7804 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b));
|
|
|
7805 }
|
|
|
7806
|
|
|
7807 # ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
7808 static void
|
|
|
7809 namelowcpy(
|
|
|
7810 char_u *d,
|
|
|
7811 char_u *s)
|
|
|
7812 {
|
|
|
7813 # ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
7814 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
|
|
|
7815 while (*s)
|
|
|
7816 *d++ = *s++;
|
|
|
7817 else
|
|
|
7818 # endif
|
|
|
7819 while (*s)
|
|
|
7820 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
|
|
|
7821 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
7822 }
|
|
|
7823 # endif
|
|
|
7824
|
|
|
7825 /*
|
|
|
7826 * Recursively build up a list of files in "gap" matching the first wildcard
|
|
|
7827 * in `path'. Called by expand_wildcards().
|
|
|
7828 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
7829 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
7830 * at "path[wildoff]".
|
|
|
7831 */
|
|
|
7832 static int
|
|
|
7833 dos_expandpath(
|
|
|
7834 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
7835 char_u *path,
|
|
|
7836 int wildoff,
|
|
|
7837 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
7840 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
7841 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
7842 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
7843 int ok;
|
|
|
7844 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7845 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
|
|
|
7846 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
|
|
|
7847 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7848 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
|
|
|
7849 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
|
|
|
7850 # endif
|
|
|
7851 #else
|
|
|
7852 struct ffblk fb;
|
|
|
7853 #endif
|
|
|
7854 int matches;
|
|
|
7855 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
7856 int len;
|
|
|
7857 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
7858 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
7859 char_u *matchname;
|
|
|
7860
|
|
|
7861 /* make room for file name */
|
|
|
7862 buf = alloc((unsigned int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
|
7863 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
7864 return 0;
|
|
|
7865
|
|
|
7866 /*
|
|
|
7867 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
|
|
|
7868 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
7869 */
|
|
|
7870 p = buf;
|
|
|
7871 s = buf;
|
|
|
7872 e = NULL;
|
|
|
7873 path_end = path;
|
|
|
7874 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
7875 {
|
|
|
7876 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
7877 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
7878 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
7879 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
7880 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
7881 {
|
|
|
7882 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
7883 break;
|
|
|
7884 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
7885 }
|
|
|
7886 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
7887 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
7888 e = p;
|
|
|
7889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7890 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7891 {
|
|
|
7892 len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(path_end);
|
|
|
7893 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
7894 p += len;
|
|
|
7895 path_end += len;
|
|
|
7896 }
|
|
|
7897 else
|
|
|
7898 #endif
|
|
|
7899 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
7900 }
|
|
|
7901 e = p;
|
|
|
7902 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
7903
|
|
|
7904 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
|
|
|
7905 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
7906 * component. */
|
|
|
7907 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
7908 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
7909 {
|
|
|
7910 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
|
|
|
7911 --e;
|
|
|
7912 --s;
|
|
|
7913 }
|
|
|
7914
|
|
|
7915 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
7916 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
7917 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
7918 {
|
|
|
7919 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
7920 return 0;
|
|
|
7921 }
|
|
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
|
7924 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
7925 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
7926 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
7929 {
|
|
|
7930 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
7931 return 0;
|
|
|
7932 }
|
|
|
7933
|
|
|
7934 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
|
|
|
7935 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
|
|
|
7936
|
|
|
7937 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
|
|
|
7938 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
|
|
|
7939 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7940 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7941 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
|
7942 {
|
|
|
7943 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
|
|
|
7944 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
|
|
|
7945 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
|
|
|
7946 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
7947 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
7948 {
|
|
|
7949 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
7950 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
|
7951 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
|
|
|
7952 {
|
|
|
7953 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
7954 wn = NULL;
|
|
|
7955 }
|
|
|
7956 }
|
|
|
7957 }
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
7960 # endif
|
|
|
7961 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
7962 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
7963 #else
|
|
|
7964 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
|
|
|
7965 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
7966 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
7967 #endif
|
|
|
7968
|
|
|
7969 while (ok)
|
|
|
7970 {
|
|
|
7971 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7972 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7973 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
7974 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
|
|
|
7975 else
|
|
|
7976 # endif
|
|
|
7977 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
|
|
|
7978 #else
|
|
|
7979 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
|
|
|
7980 #endif
|
|
|
7981 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
|
|
|
7982 * all entries found with "matchname". */
|
|
|
7983 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
7984 && (matchname == NULL
|
|
|
7985 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)))
|
|
|
7986 {
|
|
|
7987 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7988 STRCPY(s, p);
|
|
|
7989 #else
|
|
|
7990 namelowcpy(s, p);
|
|
|
7991 #endif
|
|
|
7992 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
7993 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
7994 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
|
|
|
7995 {
|
|
|
7996 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
7997 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
7998 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags);
|
|
|
7999 }
|
|
|
8000 else
|
|
|
8001 {
|
|
|
8002 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
8003 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8004 if (*path_end != 0)
|
|
|
8005 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
8006 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
8007 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
8008 }
|
|
|
8009 }
|
|
|
8010
|
|
|
8011 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8012 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8013 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8014 {
|
|
|
8015 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8016 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
|
|
|
8017 }
|
|
|
8018 else
|
|
|
8019 # endif
|
|
|
8020 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
|
|
|
8021 #else
|
|
|
8022 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
|
|
|
8023 #endif
|
|
|
8024
|
|
|
8025 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
|
|
|
8026 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
|
|
|
8027 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
|
|
|
8028 {
|
|
|
8029 STRCPY(s, matchname);
|
|
|
8030 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8031 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8032 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8033 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8034 {
|
|
|
8035 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8036 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8037 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8038 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8039 }
|
|
|
8040 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8041 # endif
|
|
|
8042 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8043 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8044 #else
|
|
|
8045 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8046 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8047 #endif
|
|
|
8048 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8049 matchname = NULL;
|
|
|
8050 }
|
|
|
8051 }
|
|
|
8052
|
|
|
8053 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8054 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8055 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8056 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8057 # endif
|
|
|
8058 #endif
|
|
|
8059 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8060 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
8061 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8062
|
|
|
8063 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
8064 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
8065 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
|
|
|
8066 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
8067 return matches;
|
|
|
8068 }
|
|
|
8069
|
|
|
8070 int
|
|
|
8071 mch_expandpath(
|
|
|
8072 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8073 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8074 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8075 {
|
|
|
8076 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags);
|
|
|
8077 }
|
|
|
8078 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
|
|
|
8079
|
|
|
8080 /*
|
|
|
8081 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
8082 *
|
|
|
8083 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
|
|
|
8084 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
|
|
|
8085 *
|
|
|
8086 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
|
|
|
8087 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
|
|
|
8088 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
|
|
|
8089 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
|
|
|
8090 */
|
|
|
8091 int
|
|
|
8092 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
8093 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
8094 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
8095 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
8096 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
8097 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8098 {
|
|
|
8099 int i;
|
|
|
8100 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
8101 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8102 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8103 int add_pat;
|
|
|
8104
|
|
|
8105 /*
|
|
|
8106 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
|
|
|
8107 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
|
|
|
8108 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
|
|
|
8109 * return FAIL.
|
|
|
8110 */
|
|
|
8111 if (recursive)
|
|
|
8112 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
8113 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8114 #else
|
|
|
8115 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8116 #endif
|
|
|
8117
|
|
|
8118 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
8119 /*
|
|
|
8120 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
|
|
|
8121 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
|
|
|
8122 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
|
|
|
8123 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
|
|
|
8124 */
|
|
|
8125 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
|
|
|
8126 {
|
|
|
8127 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
|
|
|
8128 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8129 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
|
|
|
8130 # endif
|
|
|
8131 )
|
|
|
8132 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8133 }
|
|
|
8134 #endif
|
|
|
8135
|
|
|
8136 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 /*
|
|
|
8139 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
|
|
|
8140 */
|
|
|
8141 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
|
|
|
8142
|
|
|
8143 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
|
|
|
8144 {
|
|
|
8145 add_pat = -1;
|
|
|
8146 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8149 if (vim_backtick(p))
|
|
|
8150 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
8151 else
|
|
|
8152 #endif
|
|
|
8153 {
|
|
|
8154 /*
|
|
|
8155 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
|
|
|
8156 */
|
|
|
8157 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
8158 {
|
|
|
8159 p = expand_env_save(p);
|
|
|
8160 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
8161 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
8162 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
8163 /*
|
|
|
8164 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
|
|
|
8165 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
|
|
|
8166 * found file names and start all over again.
|
|
|
8167 */
|
|
|
8168 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
8169 {
|
|
|
8170 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8171 ga_clear(&ga);
|
|
|
8172 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
|
|
|
8173 flags);
|
|
|
8174 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8175 return i;
|
|
|
8176 }
|
|
|
8177 #endif
|
|
|
8178 }
|
|
|
8179
|
|
|
8180 /*
|
|
|
8181 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
|
|
|
8182 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
|
|
|
8183 * the pattern.
|
|
|
8184 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
|
|
|
8185 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
|
|
|
8186 */
|
|
|
8187 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
|
|
|
8188 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
8189 }
|
|
|
8190
|
|
|
8191 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
|
|
|
8192 {
|
|
|
8193 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
|
|
|
8194
|
|
|
8195 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
8196 slash_to_colon(t);
|
|
|
8197 #endif
|
|
|
8198 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
|
|
|
8199 * "vim c:/" work. */
|
|
|
8200 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
|
|
|
8201 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
|
|
|
8202 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
|
|
|
8203 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
|
|
|
8204 vim_free(t);
|
|
|
8205 }
|
|
|
8206
|
|
|
8207 if (p != pat[i])
|
|
|
8208 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8209 }
|
|
|
8210
|
|
|
8211 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8212 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
8217 }
|
|
|
8218
|
|
|
8219 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8220
|
|
|
8221 /*
|
|
|
8222 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
|
|
|
8223 */
|
|
|
8224 static int
|
|
|
8225 vim_backtick(p)
|
|
|
8226 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8227 {
|
|
|
8228 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
|
|
|
8229 }
|
|
|
8230
|
|
|
8231 /*
|
|
|
8232 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
|
|
|
8233 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
|
|
|
8234 * Returns number of file names found.
|
|
|
8235 */
|
|
|
8236 static int
|
|
|
8237 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
|
|
|
8238 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8239 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8240 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8241 {
|
|
|
8242 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8243 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
8244 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
8245 int cnt = 0;
|
|
|
8246 int i;
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
|
|
|
8249 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
|
|
|
8250 if (cmd == NULL)
|
|
|
8251 return 0;
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
8254 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
|
|
|
8255 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p);
|
|
|
8256 else
|
|
|
8257 #endif
|
|
|
8258 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
|
|
|
8259 vim_free(cmd);
|
|
|
8260 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
8261 return 0;
|
|
|
8262
|
|
|
8263 cmd = buffer;
|
|
|
8264 while (*cmd != NUL)
|
|
|
8265 {
|
|
|
8266 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
|
|
|
8267 p = cmd;
|
|
|
8268 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
|
|
|
8269 ++p;
|
|
|
8270 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
|
|
|
8271 if (p > cmd)
|
|
|
8272 {
|
|
|
8273 i = *p;
|
|
|
8274 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
8275 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
|
|
|
8276 *p = i;
|
|
|
8277 ++cnt;
|
|
|
8278 }
|
|
|
8279 cmd = p;
|
|
|
8280 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
|
|
|
8281 ++cmd;
|
|
|
8282 }
|
|
|
8283
|
|
|
8284 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
8285 return cnt;
|
|
|
8286 }
|
|
|
8287 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
|
|
|
8288
|
|
|
8289 /*
|
|
|
8290 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
|
|
|
8291 * EW_DIR add directories
|
|
|
8292 * EW_FILE add files
|
|
|
8293 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
|
|
|
8294 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
|
|
|
8295 */
|
|
|
8296 void
|
|
|
8297 addfile(gap, f, flags)
|
|
|
8298 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8299 char_u *f; /* filename */
|
|
|
8300 int flags;
|
|
|
8301 {
|
|
|
8302 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8303 int isdir;
|
|
|
8304
|
|
|
8305 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
|
|
|
8306 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
|
|
|
8307 return;
|
|
|
8308
|
|
|
8309 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
|
|
|
8310 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
|
|
|
8311 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
|
|
|
8312 return;
|
|
|
8313 #endif
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
|
|
|
8316 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
|
|
|
8317 return;
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
|
|
|
8320 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8321 return;
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
|
|
|
8324 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
8325 return;
|
|
|
8326
|
|
|
8327 STRCPY(p, f);
|
|
|
8328 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
8329 slash_adjust(p);
|
|
|
8330 #endif
|
|
|
8331 /*
|
|
|
8332 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
|
|
|
8333 */
|
|
|
8334 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
|
|
|
8335 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
|
|
|
8336 add_pathsep(p);
|
|
|
8337 #endif
|
|
|
8338 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
|
8339 --gap->ga_room;
|
|
|
8340 }
|
|
|
8341 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
|
|
|
8342
|
|
|
8343 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8344
|
|
|
8345 #ifndef SEEK_SET
|
|
|
8346 # define SEEK_SET 0
|
|
|
8347 #endif
|
|
|
8348 #ifndef SEEK_END
|
|
|
8349 # define SEEK_END 2
|
|
|
8350 #endif
|
|
|
8351
|
|
|
8352 /*
|
|
|
8353 * Get the stdout of an external command.
|
|
|
8354 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
|
|
|
8355 */
|
|
|
8356 char_u *
|
|
|
8357 get_cmd_output(cmd, flags)
|
|
|
8358 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
8359 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
|
|
|
8360 {
|
|
|
8361 char_u *tempname;
|
|
|
8362 char_u *command;
|
|
|
8363 char_u *buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
8364 int len;
|
|
|
8365 int i = 0;
|
|
|
8366 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
8367
|
|
|
8368 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
|
|
|
8369 return NULL;
|
|
|
8370
|
|
|
8371 /* get a name for the temp file */
|
|
|
8372 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
|
|
|
8373 {
|
|
|
8374 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
8375 return NULL;
|
|
|
8376 }
|
|
|
8377
|
|
|
8378 /* Add the redirection stuff */
|
|
|
8379 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, NULL, tempname);
|
|
|
8380 if (command == NULL)
|
|
|
8381 goto done;
|
|
|
8382
|
|
|
8383 /*
|
|
|
8384 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
|
|
|
8385 * Don't check timestamps here.
|
|
|
8386 */
|
|
|
8387 ++no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
8388 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
|
|
|
8389 --no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
8390
|
|
|
8391 vim_free(command);
|
|
|
8392
|
|
|
8393 /*
|
|
|
8394 * read the names from the file into memory
|
|
|
8395 */
|
|
|
8396 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8397 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
|
|
|
8398 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
|
|
|
8399 # else
|
|
|
8400 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
|
|
|
8401 # endif
|
|
|
8402
|
|
|
8403 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
8404 {
|
|
|
8405 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
|
|
|
8406 goto done;
|
|
|
8407 }
|
|
|
8408
|
|
|
8409 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
|
|
|
8410 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
|
|
|
8411 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
8412
|
|
|
8413 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
8414 if (buffer != NULL)
|
|
|
8415 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
|
|
|
8416 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
8417 mch_remove(tempname);
|
|
|
8418 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
8419 goto done;
|
|
|
8420 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8421 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
|
|
|
8422 #endif
|
|
|
8423 if (i != len)
|
|
|
8424 {
|
|
|
8425 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
|
|
|
8426 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
8427 buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
8428 }
|
|
|
8429 else
|
|
|
8430 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
|
|
|
8431
|
|
|
8432 done:
|
|
|
8433 vim_free(tempname);
|
|
|
8434 return buffer;
|
|
|
8435 }
|
|
|
8436 #endif
|
|
|
8437
|
|
|
8438 /*
|
|
|
8439 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
|
|
|
8440 * functions.
|
|
|
8441 */
|
|
|
8442 void
|
|
|
8443 FreeWild(count, files)
|
|
|
8444 int count;
|
|
|
8445 char_u **files;
|
|
|
8446 {
|
|
|
8447 if (files == NULL || count <= 0)
|
|
|
8448 return;
|
|
|
8449 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
|
|
|
8450 /*
|
|
|
8451 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
|
|
|
8452 * been used???
|
|
|
8453 */
|
|
|
8454 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
|
|
|
8455 #else
|
|
|
8456 while (count--)
|
|
|
8457 vim_free(files[count]);
|
|
|
8458 vim_free(files);
|
|
|
8459 #endif
|
|
|
8460 }
|
|
|
8461
|
|
|
8462 /*
|
|
|
8463 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
|
|
|
8464 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
|
|
|
8465 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
|
|
|
8466 */
|
|
|
8467 int
|
|
|
8468 goto_im()
|
|
|
8469 {
|
|
|
8470 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
|
|
|
8471 }
|
